linux/include/net/cfg80211.h
<<
>>
Prefs
   1/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
   2#ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H
   3#define __NET_CFG80211_H
   4/*
   5 * 802.11 device and configuration interface
   6 *
   7 * Copyright 2006-2010  Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
   8 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
   9 * Copyright 2015-2017  Intel Deutschland GmbH
  10 * Copyright (C) 2018-2020 Intel Corporation
  11 */
  12
  13#include <linux/netdevice.h>
  14#include <linux/debugfs.h>
  15#include <linux/list.h>
  16#include <linux/bug.h>
  17#include <linux/netlink.h>
  18#include <linux/skbuff.h>
  19#include <linux/nl80211.h>
  20#include <linux/if_ether.h>
  21#include <linux/ieee80211.h>
  22#include <linux/net.h>
  23#include <net/regulatory.h>
  24
  25/**
  26 * DOC: Introduction
  27 *
  28 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges
  29 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated
  30 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used
  31 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent
  32 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers
  33 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely.
  34 *
  35 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum
  36 * use restrictions.
  37 */
  38
  39
  40/**
  41 * DOC: Device registration
  42 *
  43 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device
  44 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs
  45 * described below.
  46 *
  47 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each
  48 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each
  49 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with
  50 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's
  51 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes
  52 * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the
  53 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating
  54 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the
  55 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful.
  56 *
  57 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has
  58 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and
  59 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail.
  60 */
  61
  62struct wiphy;
  63
  64/*
  65 * wireless hardware capability structures
  66 */
  67
  68/**
  69 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags
  70 *
  71 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code.
  72 *
  73 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled.
  74 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes
  75 *      sending probe requests or beaconing.
  76 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel.
  77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel
  78 *      is not permitted.
  79 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel
  80 *      is not permitted.
  81 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel.
  82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band,
  83 *      this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this
  84 *      channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
  85 *      This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
  86 *      restrictions.
  87 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band,
  88 *      this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this
  89 *      channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
  90 *      This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
  91 *      restrictions.
  92 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY
  93 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
  94 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
  95 *      on this channel.
  96 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
  97 *      on this channel.
  98 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE: HE operation is not permitted on this channel.
  99 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ: 1 MHz bandwidth is permitted
 100 *      on this channel.
 101 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ: 2 MHz bandwidth is permitted
 102 *      on this channel.
 103 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ: 4 MHz bandwidth is permitted
 104 *      on this channel.
 105 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ: 8 MHz bandwidth is permitted
 106 *      on this channel.
 107 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ: 16 MHz bandwidth is permitted
 108 *      on this channel.
 109 *
 110 */
 111enum ieee80211_channel_flags {
 112        IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED         = 1<<0,
 113        IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR            = 1<<1,
 114        /* hole at 1<<2 */
 115        IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR            = 1<<3,
 116        IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS      = 1<<4,
 117        IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS     = 1<<5,
 118        IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM          = 1<<6,
 119        IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ         = 1<<7,
 120        IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ        = 1<<8,
 121        IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY      = 1<<9,
 122        IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT    = 1<<10,
 123        IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ         = 1<<11,
 124        IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ         = 1<<12,
 125        IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE            = 1<<13,
 126        IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ             = 1<<14,
 127        IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ             = 1<<15,
 128        IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ             = 1<<16,
 129        IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ             = 1<<17,
 130        IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ            = 1<<18,
 131};
 132
 133#define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \
 134        (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS)
 135
 136#define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS           60000
 137#define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS           (30 * 60 * 1000)
 138
 139/**
 140 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition
 141 *
 142 * This structure describes a single channel for use
 143 * with cfg80211.
 144 *
 145 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz
 146 * @freq_offset: offset from @center_freq, in KHz
 147 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel
 148 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags.
 149 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory
 150 *      code to support devices with additional restrictions
 151 * @band: band this channel belongs to.
 152 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi
 153 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm)
 154 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm)
 155 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon
 156 *      has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon()
 157 *      to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band.
 158 * @orig_mag: internal use
 159 * @orig_mpwr: internal use
 160 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required
 161 *      on this channel.
 162 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
 163 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels.
 164 */
 165struct ieee80211_channel {
 166        enum nl80211_band band;
 167        u32 center_freq;
 168        u16 freq_offset;
 169        u16 hw_value;
 170        u32 flags;
 171        int max_antenna_gain;
 172        int max_power;
 173        int max_reg_power;
 174        bool beacon_found;
 175        u32 orig_flags;
 176        int orig_mag, orig_mpwr;
 177        enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state;
 178        unsigned long dfs_state_entered;
 179        unsigned int dfs_cac_ms;
 180};
 181
 182/**
 183 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags
 184 *
 185 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured
 186 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for
 187 * different bands/PHY modes.
 188 *
 189 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short
 190 *      preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and
 191 *      with CCK rates.
 192 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
 193 *      when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the
 194 *      core code when registering the wiphy.
 195 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
 196 *      when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
 197 *      core code when registering the wiphy.
 198 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
 199 *      when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
 200 *      core code when registering the wiphy.
 201 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode.
 202 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode
 203 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode
 204 */
 205enum ieee80211_rate_flags {
 206        IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE   = 1<<0,
 207        IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A      = 1<<1,
 208        IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B      = 1<<2,
 209        IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G      = 1<<3,
 210        IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G            = 1<<4,
 211        IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ    = 1<<5,
 212        IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ   = 1<<6,
 213};
 214
 215/**
 216 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter
 217 *
 218 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS
 219 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS
 220 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS
 221 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS
 222 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type
 223 */
 224enum ieee80211_bss_type {
 225        IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS,
 226        IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS,
 227        IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS,
 228        IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS,
 229        IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY
 230};
 231
 232/**
 233 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter
 234 *
 235 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set
 236 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear
 237 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting
 238 */
 239enum ieee80211_privacy {
 240        IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON,
 241        IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF,
 242        IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY
 243};
 244
 245#define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x)    \
 246        ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF)
 247
 248/**
 249 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition
 250 *
 251 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can
 252 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short
 253 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are
 254 * passed around.
 255 *
 256 * @flags: rate-specific flags
 257 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps
 258 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate
 259 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when
 260 *      short preamble is used
 261 */
 262struct ieee80211_rate {
 263        u32 flags;
 264        u16 bitrate;
 265        u16 hw_value, hw_value_short;
 266};
 267
 268/**
 269 * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse
 270 *
 271 * @enable: is the feature enabled.
 272 * @sr_ctrl: The SR Control field of SRP element.
 273 * @non_srg_max_offset: non-SRG maximum tx power offset
 274 * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use
 275 * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use
 276 * @bss_color_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the BSS color values used by
 277 *      members of the SRG
 278 * @partial_bssid_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the partial BSSID values
 279 *      used by members of the SRG
 280 */
 281struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd {
 282        bool enable;
 283        u8 sr_ctrl;
 284        u8 non_srg_max_offset;
 285        u8 min_offset;
 286        u8 max_offset;
 287        u8 bss_color_bitmap[8];
 288        u8 partial_bssid_bitmap[8];
 289};
 290
 291/**
 292 * struct cfg80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring
 293 *
 294 * @color: the current color.
 295 * @enabled: HE BSS color is used
 296 * @partial: define the AID equation.
 297 */
 298struct cfg80211_he_bss_color {
 299        u8 color;
 300        bool enabled;
 301        bool partial;
 302};
 303
 304/**
 305 * struct ieee80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring
 306 *
 307 * @color: the current color.
 308 * @disabled: is the feature disabled.
 309 * @partial: define the AID equation.
 310 */
 311struct ieee80211_he_bss_color {
 312        u8 color;
 313        bool disabled;
 314        bool partial;
 315};
 316
 317/**
 318 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities
 319 *
 320 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
 321 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA.
 322 *
 323 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA
 324 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec
 325 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor
 326 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing
 327 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates
 328 */
 329struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap {
 330        u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */
 331        bool ht_supported;
 332        u8 ampdu_factor;
 333        u8 ampdu_density;
 334        struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs;
 335};
 336
 337/**
 338 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities
 339 *
 340 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
 341 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA.
 342 *
 343 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA
 344 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec
 345 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates
 346 */
 347struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap {
 348        bool vht_supported;
 349        u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */
 350        struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs;
 351};
 352
 353#define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN          25
 354
 355/**
 356 * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities
 357 *
 358 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
 359 * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA.
 360 *
 361 * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid.
 362 * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element.
 363 * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations.
 364 * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data.
 365 */
 366struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap {
 367        bool has_he;
 368        struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem;
 369        struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp;
 370        u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN];
 371};
 372
 373/**
 374 * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data
 375 *
 376 * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the
 377 * interface types defined in @types_mask.  Each type in the
 378 * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data.
 379 *
 380 * @types_mask: interface types mask
 381 * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities
 382 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz capabilities, must be filled in for a
 383 *      6 GHz band channel (and 0 may be valid value).
 384 */
 385struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data {
 386        u16 types_mask;
 387        struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap;
 388        struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa he_6ghz_capa;
 389};
 390
 391/**
 392 * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations
 393 *
 394 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz
 395 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz
 396 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz
 397 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz
 398 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
 399 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
 400 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz
 401 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and
 402 *      2.16GHz+2.16GHz
 403 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and
 404 *      4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
 405 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and
 406 *      4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
 407 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
 408 *      and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
 409 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz,
 410 *      2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
 411 */
 412enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config {
 413        IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4      = 4,
 414        IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5      = 5,
 415        IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6      = 6,
 416        IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7      = 7,
 417        IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8      = 8,
 418        IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9      = 9,
 419        IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10     = 10,
 420        IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11     = 11,
 421        IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12     = 12,
 422        IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13     = 13,
 423        IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14     = 14,
 424        IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15     = 15,
 425};
 426
 427/**
 428 * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration
 429 *
 430 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
 431 * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration
 432 *
 433 * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s)
 434 *      that are allowed to be used for transmissions.
 435 *      Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc.
 436 *      Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported.
 437 * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
 438 *      the allowed channel bandwidth configurations
 439 */
 440struct ieee80211_edmg {
 441        u8 channels;
 442        enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config;
 443};
 444
 445/**
 446 * struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap - STA's S1G capabilities
 447 *
 448 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
 449 * to describe 802.11ah S1G capabilities for a STA.
 450 *
 451 * @s1g_supported: is STA an S1G STA
 452 * @cap: S1G capabilities information
 453 * @nss_mcs: Supported NSS MCS set
 454 */
 455struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap {
 456        bool s1g;
 457        u8 cap[10]; /* use S1G_CAPAB_ */
 458        u8 nss_mcs[5];
 459};
 460
 461/**
 462 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition
 463 *
 464 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy
 465 * is able to operate in.
 466 *
 467 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate with
 468 *      in this band.
 469 * @band: the band this structure represents
 470 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels
 471 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with
 472 *      in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported
 473 *      rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM.
 474 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates
 475 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band
 476 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band
 477 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band
 478 * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band
 479 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band (S1B band only, of course)
 480 * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries
 481 * @iftype_data: interface type data entries.  Note that the bits in
 482 *      @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only
 483 *      one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of
 484 *      iftype_data).
 485 */
 486struct ieee80211_supported_band {
 487        struct ieee80211_channel *channels;
 488        struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates;
 489        enum nl80211_band band;
 490        int n_channels;
 491        int n_bitrates;
 492        struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
 493        struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
 494        struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap s1g_cap;
 495        struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap;
 496        u16 n_iftype_data;
 497        const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftype_data;
 498};
 499
 500/**
 501 * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype
 502 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on
 503 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype
 504 *
 505 * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found
 506 */
 507static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *
 508ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
 509                                u8 iftype)
 510{
 511        int i;
 512
 513        if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX))
 514                return NULL;
 515
 516        for (i = 0; i < sband->n_iftype_data; i++)  {
 517                const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
 518                        &sband->iftype_data[i];
 519
 520                if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype))
 521                        return data;
 522        }
 523
 524        return NULL;
 525}
 526
 527/**
 528 * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype
 529 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on
 530 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype
 531 *
 532 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found
 533 */
 534static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap *
 535ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
 536                            u8 iftype)
 537{
 538        const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
 539                ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype);
 540
 541        if (data && data->he_cap.has_he)
 542                return &data->he_cap;
 543
 544        return NULL;
 545}
 546
 547/**
 548 * ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's STA
 549 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on
 550 *
 551 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found
 552 */
 553static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap *
 554ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband)
 555{
 556        return ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(sband, NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION);
 557}
 558
 559/**
 560 * ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa - return HE 6 GHz capabilities
 561 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on
 562 * @iftype: the iftype to search for
 563 *
 564 * Return: the 6GHz capabilities
 565 */
 566static inline __le16
 567ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
 568                           enum nl80211_iftype iftype)
 569{
 570        const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
 571                ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype);
 572
 573        if (WARN_ON(!data || !data->he_cap.has_he))
 574                return 0;
 575
 576        return data->he_6ghz_capa.capa;
 577}
 578
 579/**
 580 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree
 581 *
 582 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for
 583 *
 584 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful
 585 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board
 586 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier).
 587 *
 588 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable
 589 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with
 590 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make
 591 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified
 592 * without affecting other devices.
 593 *
 594 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev.
 595 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first.
 596 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register().
 597 */
 598#ifdef CONFIG_OF
 599void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy);
 600#else /* CONFIG_OF */
 601static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy)
 602{
 603}
 604#endif /* !CONFIG_OF */
 605
 606
 607/*
 608 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods
 609 */
 610
 611/**
 612 * DOC: Actions and configuration
 613 *
 614 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration
 615 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these
 616 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these
 617 * operations use are described separately.
 618 *
 619 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status
 620 * information via some functions that drivers need to call.
 621 *
 622 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described
 623 * in a separate chapter.
 624 */
 625
 626#define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\
 627                                    WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN)
 628
 629/**
 630 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters
 631 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise
 632 *      %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set
 633 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames
 634 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface.
 635 *      If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may
 636 *      determine the address as needed.
 637 *      This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the
 638 *      %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag.  Others may support creating
 639 **     only p2p devices with specified MAC.
 640 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets
 641 *      belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed
 642 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring
 643 *      MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed
 644 */
 645struct vif_params {
 646        u32 flags;
 647        int use_4addr;
 648        u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN];
 649        const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups;
 650        const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr;
 651};
 652
 653/**
 654 * struct key_params - key information
 655 *
 656 * Information about a key
 657 *
 658 * @key: key material
 659 * @key_len: length of key material
 660 * @cipher: cipher suite selector
 661 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used
 662 *      with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian,
 663 *      length given by @seq_len.
 664 * @seq_len: length of @seq.
 665 * @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero)
 666 * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX)
 667 */
 668struct key_params {
 669        const u8 *key;
 670        const u8 *seq;
 671        int key_len;
 672        int seq_len;
 673        u16 vlan_id;
 674        u32 cipher;
 675        enum nl80211_key_mode mode;
 676};
 677
 678/**
 679 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition
 680 * @chan: the (control) channel
 681 * @width: channel width
 682 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment
 683 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment
 684 *      (only with 80+80 MHz)
 685 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration.
 686 *      If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero),
 687 *      chan will define the primary channel and all other
 688 *      parameters are ignored.
 689 * @freq1_offset: offset from @center_freq1, in KHz
 690 */
 691struct cfg80211_chan_def {
 692        struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
 693        enum nl80211_chan_width width;
 694        u32 center_freq1;
 695        u32 center_freq2;
 696        struct ieee80211_edmg edmg;
 697        u16 freq1_offset;
 698};
 699
 700/*
 701 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control
 702 */
 703struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask {
 704        struct {
 705                u32 legacy;
 706                u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN];
 707                u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
 708                u16 he_mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX];
 709                enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi;
 710                enum nl80211_he_gi he_gi;
 711                enum nl80211_he_ltf he_ltf;
 712        } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
 713};
 714
 715
 716/**
 717 * struct cfg80211_tid_cfg - TID specific configuration
 718 * @config_override: Flag to notify driver to reset TID configuration
 719 *      of the peer.
 720 * @tids: bitmap of TIDs to modify
 721 * @mask: bitmap of attributes indicating which parameter changed,
 722 *      similar to &nl80211_tid_config_supp.
 723 * @noack: noack configuration value for the TID
 724 * @retry_long: retry count value
 725 * @retry_short: retry count value
 726 * @ampdu: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation
 727 * @rtscts: Enable/Disable RTS/CTS
 728 * @amsdu: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation
 729 * @txrate_type: Tx bitrate mask type
 730 * @txrate_mask: Tx bitrate to be applied for the TID
 731 */
 732struct cfg80211_tid_cfg {
 733        bool config_override;
 734        u8 tids;
 735        u64 mask;
 736        enum nl80211_tid_config noack;
 737        u8 retry_long, retry_short;
 738        enum nl80211_tid_config ampdu;
 739        enum nl80211_tid_config rtscts;
 740        enum nl80211_tid_config amsdu;
 741        enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting txrate_type;
 742        struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask txrate_mask;
 743};
 744
 745/**
 746 * struct cfg80211_tid_config - TID configuration
 747 * @peer: Station's MAC address
 748 * @n_tid_conf: Number of TID specific configurations to be applied
 749 * @tid_conf: Configuration change info
 750 */
 751struct cfg80211_tid_config {
 752        const u8 *peer;
 753        u32 n_tid_conf;
 754        struct cfg80211_tid_cfg tid_conf[];
 755};
 756
 757/**
 758 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef
 759 * @chandef: the channel definition
 760 *
 761 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given
 762 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion.
 763 */
 764static inline enum nl80211_channel_type
 765cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
 766{
 767        switch (chandef->width) {
 768        case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT:
 769                return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
 770        case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20:
 771                return NL80211_CHAN_HT20;
 772        case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40:
 773                if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq)
 774                        return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS;
 775                return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS;
 776        default:
 777                WARN_ON(1);
 778                return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
 779        }
 780}
 781
 782/**
 783 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type
 784 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill
 785 * @channel: the control channel
 786 * @chantype: the channel type
 787 *
 788 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition.
 789 */
 790void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
 791                             struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
 792                             enum nl80211_channel_type chantype);
 793
 794/**
 795 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical
 796 * @chandef1: first channel definition
 797 * @chandef2: second channel definition
 798 *
 799 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are
 800 * identical, %false otherwise.
 801 */
 802static inline bool
 803cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
 804                           const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2)
 805{
 806        return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan &&
 807                chandef1->width == chandef2->width &&
 808                chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 &&
 809                chandef1->freq1_offset == chandef2->freq1_offset &&
 810                chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2);
 811}
 812
 813/**
 814 * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel
 815 *
 816 * @chandef: the channel definition
 817 *
 818 * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise.
 819 */
 820static inline bool
 821cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
 822{
 823        return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config;
 824}
 825
 826/**
 827 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible
 828 * @chandef1: first channel definition
 829 * @chandef2: second channel definition
 830 *
 831 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible,
 832 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise.
 833 */
 834const struct cfg80211_chan_def *
 835cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
 836                            const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2);
 837
 838/**
 839 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid
 840 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
 841 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise.
 842 */
 843bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
 844
 845/**
 846 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used
 847 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
 848 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
 849 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set
 850 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise.
 851 */
 852bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy,
 853                             const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
 854                             u32 prohibited_flags);
 855
 856/**
 857 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required
 858 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
 859 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
 860 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype
 861 * Returns:
 862 *      1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error
 863 */
 864int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy,
 865                                  const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
 866                                  enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
 867
 868/**
 869 * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel
 870 *
 871 * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK
 872 * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels.
 873 *
 874 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
 875 *
 876 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel
 877 */
 878static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags
 879ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
 880{
 881        switch (chandef->width) {
 882        case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
 883                return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ;
 884        case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
 885                return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ;
 886        default:
 887                break;
 888        }
 889        return 0;
 890}
 891
 892/**
 893 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef
 894 *
 895 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel
 896 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual
 897 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels.
 898 *
 899 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
 900 *
 901 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef
 902 */
 903static inline int
 904ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
 905{
 906        switch (chandef->width) {
 907        case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
 908                return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6,
 909                           chandef->chan->max_power);
 910        case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
 911                return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3,
 912                           chandef->chan->max_power);
 913        default:
 914                break;
 915        }
 916        return chandef->chan->max_power;
 917}
 918
 919/**
 920 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags
 921 *
 922 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in
 923 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
 924 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in
 925 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in
 926 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in
 927 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in
 928 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in
 929 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in
 930 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in
 931 *
 932 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info
 933 * it has filled in during the get_survey().
 934 */
 935enum survey_info_flags {
 936        SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM           = BIT(0),
 937        SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE              = BIT(1),
 938        SURVEY_INFO_TIME                = BIT(2),
 939        SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY           = BIT(3),
 940        SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY       = BIT(4),
 941        SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX             = BIT(5),
 942        SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX             = BIT(6),
 943        SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN           = BIT(7),
 944        SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX         = BIT(8),
 945};
 946
 947/**
 948 * struct survey_info - channel survey response
 949 *
 950 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single
 951 *      record to report global statistics
 952 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags
 953 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are
 954 *      optional
 955 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel)
 956 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy
 957 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy
 958 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data
 959 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data
 960 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning
 961 * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS
 962 *
 963 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information.
 964 *
 965 * This structure can later be expanded with things like
 966 * channel duty cycle etc.
 967 */
 968struct survey_info {
 969        struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
 970        u64 time;
 971        u64 time_busy;
 972        u64 time_ext_busy;
 973        u64 time_rx;
 974        u64 time_tx;
 975        u64 time_scan;
 976        u64 time_bss_rx;
 977        u32 filled;
 978        s8 noise;
 979};
 980
 981#define CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS   4
 982
 983/**
 984 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings
 985 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled
 986 *      (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions)
 987 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset)
 988 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers
 989 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites
 990 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites
 991 * @akm_suites: AKM suites
 992 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
 993 *      sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
 994 *      required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
 995 *      user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
 996 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be
 997 *      allowed through even on unauthorized ports
 998 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port
 999 *      protocol frames.
1000 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
1001 *      port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
1002 * @control_port_no_preauth: disables pre-auth rx over the nl80211 control
1003 *      port for mac80211
1004 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of
1005 *      CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys
1006 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key
1007 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload)
1008 * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE
1009 *      offload)
1010 * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload)
1011 */
1012struct cfg80211_crypto_settings {
1013        u32 wpa_versions;
1014        u32 cipher_group;
1015        int n_ciphers_pairwise;
1016        u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES];
1017        int n_akm_suites;
1018        u32 akm_suites[NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES];
1019        bool control_port;
1020        __be16 control_port_ethertype;
1021        bool control_port_no_encrypt;
1022        bool control_port_over_nl80211;
1023        bool control_port_no_preauth;
1024        struct key_params *wep_keys;
1025        int wep_tx_key;
1026        const u8 *psk;
1027        const u8 *sae_pwd;
1028        u8 sae_pwd_len;
1029};
1030
1031/**
1032 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data
1033 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE)
1034 *      or %NULL if not changed
1035 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE)
1036 *      or %NULL if not changed
1037 * @head_len: length of @head
1038 * @tail_len: length of @tail
1039 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL
1040 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets
1041 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response
1042 *      frames or %NULL
1043 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets
1044 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association
1045 *      Response frames or %NULL
1046 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets
1047 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp)
1048 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only)
1049 * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change
1050 *      (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data)
1051 * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token
1052 *      (measurement type 8)
1053 * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement
1054 *      Token (measurement type 11)
1055 * @lci_len: LCI data length
1056 * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length
1057 */
1058struct cfg80211_beacon_data {
1059        const u8 *head, *tail;
1060        const u8 *beacon_ies;
1061        const u8 *proberesp_ies;
1062        const u8 *assocresp_ies;
1063        const u8 *probe_resp;
1064        const u8 *lci;
1065        const u8 *civicloc;
1066        s8 ftm_responder;
1067
1068        size_t head_len, tail_len;
1069        size_t beacon_ies_len;
1070        size_t proberesp_ies_len;
1071        size_t assocresp_ies_len;
1072        size_t probe_resp_len;
1073        size_t lci_len;
1074        size_t civicloc_len;
1075};
1076
1077struct mac_address {
1078        u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
1079};
1080
1081/**
1082 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data
1083 *
1084 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's
1085 *      entry specified by mac_addr
1086 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed
1087 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL
1088 */
1089struct cfg80211_acl_data {
1090        enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy;
1091        int n_acl_entries;
1092
1093        /* Keep it last */
1094        struct mac_address mac_addrs[];
1095};
1096
1097/**
1098 * struct cfg80211_fils_discovery - FILS discovery parameters from
1099 * IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail.
1100 *
1101 * @min_interval: Minimum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000)
1102 * @max_interval: Maximum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000)
1103 * @tmpl_len: Template length
1104 * @tmpl: Template data for FILS discovery frame including the action
1105 *      frame headers.
1106 */
1107struct cfg80211_fils_discovery {
1108        u32 min_interval;
1109        u32 max_interval;
1110        size_t tmpl_len;
1111        const u8 *tmpl;
1112};
1113
1114/**
1115 * struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp - Unsolicited broadcast probe
1116 *      response parameters in 6GHz.
1117 *
1118 * @interval: Packet interval in TUs. Maximum allowed is 20 TU, as mentioned
1119 *      in IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 26.17.2.3.2 - AP behavior for fast passive
1120 *      scanning
1121 * @tmpl_len: Template length
1122 * @tmpl: Template data for probe response
1123 */
1124struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp {
1125        u32 interval;
1126        size_t tmpl_len;
1127        const u8 *tmpl;
1128};
1129
1130/**
1131 * enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags
1132 *
1133 * Used by cfg80211_ap_settings
1134 *
1135 * @AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external authentication
1136 */
1137enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags {
1138        AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(0),
1139};
1140
1141/**
1142 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration
1143 *
1144 * Used to configure an AP interface.
1145 *
1146 * @chandef: defines the channel to use
1147 * @beacon: beacon data
1148 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
1149 * @dtim_period: DTIM period
1150 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from
1151 *      user space)
1152 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid
1153 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames
1154 * @crypto: crypto settings
1155 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy
1156 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
1157 * @smps_mode: SMPS mode
1158 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity.
1159 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window
1160 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS
1161 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for
1162 *      MAC address based access control
1163 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG
1164 *      networks.
1165 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
1166 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled)
1167 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled)
1168 * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled)
1169 * @ht_required: stations must support HT
1170 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT
1171 * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time
1172 * @he_required: stations must support HE
1173 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags
1174 * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings
1175 * @he_bss_color: BSS Color settings
1176 * @he_oper: HE operation IE (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled)
1177 * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters
1178 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters
1179 */
1180struct cfg80211_ap_settings {
1181        struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1182
1183        struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon;
1184
1185        int beacon_interval, dtim_period;
1186        const u8 *ssid;
1187        size_t ssid_len;
1188        enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid;
1189        struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
1190        bool privacy;
1191        enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
1192        enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
1193        int inactivity_timeout;
1194        u8 p2p_ctwindow;
1195        bool p2p_opp_ps;
1196        const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl;
1197        bool pbss;
1198        struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate;
1199
1200        const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap;
1201        const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap;
1202        const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap;
1203        const struct ieee80211_he_operation *he_oper;
1204        bool ht_required, vht_required, he_required;
1205        bool twt_responder;
1206        u32 flags;
1207        struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd;
1208        struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color;
1209        struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery;
1210        struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp;
1211};
1212
1213/**
1214 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings
1215 *
1216 * Used for channel switch
1217 *
1218 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch
1219 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch
1220 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail)
1221 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response
1222 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail)
1223 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response
1224 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel
1225 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel
1226 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing
1227 * @count: number of beacons until switch
1228 */
1229struct cfg80211_csa_settings {
1230        struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1231        struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa;
1232        const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon;
1233        const u16 *counter_offsets_presp;
1234        unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon;
1235        unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp;
1236        struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after;
1237        bool radar_required;
1238        bool block_tx;
1239        u8 count;
1240};
1241
1242#define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_DIFFERENT_CHANNELS 10
1243
1244/**
1245 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations
1246 *
1247 * Used to pass interface combination parameters
1248 *
1249 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want
1250 *      to use for verification
1251 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel
1252 *      width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of
1253 *      &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths
1254 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface
1255 *      type.  The index is the interface type as specified in &enum
1256 *      nl80211_iftype.
1257 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface
1258 *      that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of
1259 *      the verification
1260 */
1261struct iface_combination_params {
1262        int num_different_channels;
1263        u8 radar_detect;
1264        int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES];
1265        u32 new_beacon_int;
1266};
1267
1268/**
1269 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply
1270 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp)
1271 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability
1272 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state
1273 *
1274 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling,
1275 * for those that don't these flags will are used.
1276 */
1277enum station_parameters_apply_mask {
1278        STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0),
1279        STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1),
1280        STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2),
1281        STATION_PARAM_APPLY_STA_TXPOWER = BIT(3),
1282};
1283
1284/**
1285 * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration
1286 *
1287 * Used to configure txpower for station.
1288 *
1289 * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power
1290 *      is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be
1291 *      overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx
1292 *      power per-interface or per-station.
1293 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power
1294 *      will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC
1295 *      %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power.
1296 *      NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for
1297 *      per peer TPC.
1298 */
1299struct sta_txpwr {
1300        s16 power;
1301        enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type;
1302};
1303
1304/**
1305 * struct station_parameters - station parameters
1306 *
1307 * Used to change and create a new station.
1308 *
1309 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to
1310 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format
1311 *      (or NULL for no change)
1312 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates
1313 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed
1314 *      (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
1315 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values
1316 *      (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
1317 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change
1318 * @aid: AID or zero for no change
1319 * @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero)
1320 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change
1321 * @plink_action: plink action to take
1322 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station
1323 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station
1324 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station
1325 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format
1326 *      as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
1327 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the
1328 *      QoS info field (but already shifted down)
1329 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed
1330 *      (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value),
1331 *      see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask
1332 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set
1333 *      to unknown)
1334 * @capability: station capability
1335 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station
1336 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities
1337 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format
1338 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels
1339 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format
1340 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes
1341 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification
1342 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used
1343 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism
1344 * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station
1345 * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities
1346 * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station
1347 * @txpwr: transmit power for an associated station
1348 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz Band capabilities of station
1349 */
1350struct station_parameters {
1351        const u8 *supported_rates;
1352        struct net_device *vlan;
1353        u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set;
1354        u32 sta_modify_mask;
1355        int listen_interval;
1356        u16 aid;
1357        u16 vlan_id;
1358        u16 peer_aid;
1359        u8 supported_rates_len;
1360        u8 plink_action;
1361        u8 plink_state;
1362        const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa;
1363        const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa;
1364        u8 uapsd_queues;
1365        u8 max_sp;
1366        enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
1367        u16 capability;
1368        const u8 *ext_capab;
1369        u8 ext_capab_len;
1370        const u8 *supported_channels;
1371        u8 supported_channels_len;
1372        const u8 *supported_oper_classes;
1373        u8 supported_oper_classes_len;
1374        u8 opmode_notif;
1375        bool opmode_notif_used;
1376        int support_p2p_ps;
1377        const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa;
1378        u8 he_capa_len;
1379        u16 airtime_weight;
1380        struct sta_txpwr txpwr;
1381        const struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa *he_6ghz_capa;
1382};
1383
1384/**
1385 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters
1386 *
1387 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations).
1388 *
1389 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations
1390 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal
1391 *      (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication)
1392 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame
1393 */
1394struct station_del_parameters {
1395        const u8 *mac;
1396        u8 subtype;
1397        u16 reason_code;
1398};
1399
1400/**
1401 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified
1402 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface
1403 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still
1404 *      unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted)
1405 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has
1406 *      the AP MLME in the device
1407 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface
1408 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station
1409 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry
1410 *      while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when
1411 *      being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is
1412 *      supported/used)
1413 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active
1414 *      entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace)
1415 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed)
1416 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed)
1417 */
1418enum cfg80211_station_type {
1419        CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT,
1420        CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC,
1421        CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT,
1422        CFG80211_STA_AP_STA,
1423        CFG80211_STA_IBSS,
1424        CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP,
1425        CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE,
1426        CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL,
1427        CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER,
1428};
1429
1430/**
1431 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes
1432 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on
1433 * @params: the new parameters for a station
1434 * @statype: the type of station being modified
1435 *
1436 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function
1437 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that
1438 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if
1439 * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for
1440 * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this.
1441 */
1442int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy,
1443                                  struct station_parameters *params,
1444                                  enum cfg80211_station_type statype);
1445
1446/**
1447 * enum rate_info_flags - bitrate info flags
1448 *
1449 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
1450 * type for 802.11n transmissions.
1451 *
1452 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS
1453 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS
1454 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
1455 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS
1456 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information
1457 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode
1458 */
1459enum rate_info_flags {
1460        RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS                     = BIT(0),
1461        RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS                 = BIT(1),
1462        RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI                = BIT(2),
1463        RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG                     = BIT(3),
1464        RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS                  = BIT(4),
1465        RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG                    = BIT(5),
1466};
1467
1468/**
1469 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information
1470 *
1471 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth.
1472 *
1473 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth
1474 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth
1475 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth
1476 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth
1477 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth
1478 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth
1479 * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation
1480 */
1481enum rate_info_bw {
1482        RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0,
1483        RATE_INFO_BW_5,
1484        RATE_INFO_BW_10,
1485        RATE_INFO_BW_40,
1486        RATE_INFO_BW_80,
1487        RATE_INFO_BW_160,
1488        RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU,
1489};
1490
1491/**
1492 * struct rate_info - bitrate information
1493 *
1494 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate
1495 *
1496 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags
1497 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE rate
1498 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg
1499 * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only)
1500 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw)
1501 * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi)
1502 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value
1503 * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc,
1504 *      only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU)
1505 * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4)
1506 */
1507struct rate_info {
1508        u8 flags;
1509        u8 mcs;
1510        u16 legacy;
1511        u8 nss;
1512        u8 bw;
1513        u8 he_gi;
1514        u8 he_dcm;
1515        u8 he_ru_alloc;
1516        u8 n_bonded_ch;
1517};
1518
1519/**
1520 * enum bss_param_flags - bitrate info flags
1521 *
1522 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
1523 * type for 802.11n transmissions.
1524 *
1525 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled
1526 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1527 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
1528 */
1529enum bss_param_flags {
1530        BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT        = 1<<0,
1531        BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE  = 1<<1,
1532        BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = 1<<2,
1533};
1534
1535/**
1536 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station
1537 *
1538 * Information about the currently associated BSS
1539 *
1540 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags
1541 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS
1542 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
1543 */
1544struct sta_bss_parameters {
1545        u8 flags;
1546        u8 dtim_period;
1547        u16 beacon_interval;
1548};
1549
1550/**
1551 * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID
1552 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to
1553 *      indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled
1554 * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged
1555 * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged
1556 * @flows: number of new flows seen
1557 * @drops: total number of packets dropped
1558 * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE
1559 * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow
1560 * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
1561 * @collisions: number of hash collisions
1562 * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued
1563 * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued
1564 * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported
1565 */
1566struct cfg80211_txq_stats {
1567        u32 filled;
1568        u32 backlog_bytes;
1569        u32 backlog_packets;
1570        u32 flows;
1571        u32 drops;
1572        u32 ecn_marks;
1573        u32 overlimit;
1574        u32 overmemory;
1575        u32 collisions;
1576        u32 tx_bytes;
1577        u32 tx_packets;
1578        u32 max_flows;
1579};
1580
1581/**
1582 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics
1583 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to
1584 *      indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled
1585 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs
1586 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs
1587 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for
1588 *      transmitted MSDUs
1589 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs
1590 * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics
1591 */
1592struct cfg80211_tid_stats {
1593        u32 filled;
1594        u64 rx_msdu;
1595        u64 tx_msdu;
1596        u64 tx_msdu_retries;
1597        u64 tx_msdu_failed;
1598        struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats;
1599};
1600
1601#define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS    4
1602
1603/**
1604 * struct station_info - station information
1605 *
1606 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station.
1607 *
1608 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to
1609 *      indicate the relevant values in this struct for them
1610 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected
1611 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds
1612 * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association
1613 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station
1614 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station
1615 * @llid: mesh local link id
1616 * @plid: mesh peer link id
1617 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state
1618 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
1619 *      For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
1620 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
1621 *      For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
1622 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg
1623 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm
1624 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm
1625 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station
1626 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station
1627 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station
1628 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station
1629 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs)
1630 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK)
1631 * @rx_dropped_misc:  Dropped for un-specified reason.
1632 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters
1633 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
1634 *      This number should increase every time the list of stations
1635 *      changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
1636 *      userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
1637 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request.
1638 *      This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use
1639 *      user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for
1640 *      the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs.
1641 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets.
1642 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values
1643 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered.
1644 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host.
1645 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode
1646 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode
1647 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode
1648 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers)
1649 *      towards this station.
1650 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer
1651 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received
1652 *      from this peer
1653 * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate
1654 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer
1655 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer
1656 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight
1657 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last
1658 *      (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs.
1659 *      Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL.
1660 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame.
1661 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has
1662 *      been sent.
1663 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station
1664 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with
1665 *      an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the
1666 *      received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address.
1667 * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric.
1668 * @connected_to_as: true if mesh STA has a path to authentication server
1669 */
1670struct station_info {
1671        u64 filled;
1672        u32 connected_time;
1673        u32 inactive_time;
1674        u64 assoc_at;
1675        u64 rx_bytes;
1676        u64 tx_bytes;
1677        u16 llid;
1678        u16 plid;
1679        u8 plink_state;
1680        s8 signal;
1681        s8 signal_avg;
1682
1683        u8 chains;
1684        s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
1685        s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
1686
1687        struct rate_info txrate;
1688        struct rate_info rxrate;
1689        u32 rx_packets;
1690        u32 tx_packets;
1691        u32 tx_retries;
1692        u32 tx_failed;
1693        u32 rx_dropped_misc;
1694        struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param;
1695        struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags;
1696
1697        int generation;
1698
1699        const u8 *assoc_req_ies;
1700        size_t assoc_req_ies_len;
1701
1702        u32 beacon_loss_count;
1703        s64 t_offset;
1704        enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
1705        enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm;
1706        enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm;
1707
1708        u32 expected_throughput;
1709
1710        u64 tx_duration;
1711        u64 rx_duration;
1712        u64 rx_beacon;
1713        u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg;
1714        u8 connected_to_gate;
1715
1716        struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid;
1717        s8 ack_signal;
1718        s8 avg_ack_signal;
1719
1720        u16 airtime_weight;
1721
1722        u32 rx_mpdu_count;
1723        u32 fcs_err_count;
1724
1725        u32 airtime_link_metric;
1726
1727        u8 connected_to_as;
1728};
1729
1730#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211)
1731/**
1732 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station
1733 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to
1734 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest
1735 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information
1736 *
1737 * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information
1738 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be
1739 * considered undefined.
1740 */
1741int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
1742                         struct station_info *sinfo);
1743#else
1744static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev,
1745                                       const u8 *mac_addr,
1746                                       struct station_info *sinfo)
1747{
1748        return -ENOENT;
1749}
1750#endif
1751
1752/**
1753 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags
1754 *
1755 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits
1756 * according to the nl80211 flags.
1757 *
1758 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed
1759 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
1760 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
1761 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
1762 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
1763 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing
1764 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address
1765 */
1766enum monitor_flags {
1767        MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED            = 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
1768        MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL            = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
1769        MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL           = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
1770        MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL            = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
1771        MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS          = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
1772        MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES        = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
1773        MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE             = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
1774};
1775
1776/**
1777 * enum mpath_info_flags -  mesh path information flags
1778 *
1779 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled
1780 * in during get_station() or dump_station().
1781 *
1782 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled
1783 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled
1784 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled
1785 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled
1786 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled
1787 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled
1788 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled
1789 * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled
1790 * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled
1791 */
1792enum mpath_info_flags {
1793        MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN           = BIT(0),
1794        MPATH_INFO_SN                   = BIT(1),
1795        MPATH_INFO_METRIC               = BIT(2),
1796        MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME              = BIT(3),
1797        MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT    = BIT(4),
1798        MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES    = BIT(5),
1799        MPATH_INFO_FLAGS                = BIT(6),
1800        MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT            = BIT(7),
1801        MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE          = BIT(8),
1802};
1803
1804/**
1805 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information
1806 *
1807 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath().
1808 *
1809 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags
1810 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination
1811 * @sn: target sequence number
1812 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path
1813 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs
1814 * @flags: mesh path flags
1815 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs
1816 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries
1817 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
1818 *      This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths
1819 *      changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
1820 *      userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
1821 * @hop_count: hops to destination
1822 * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination
1823 */
1824struct mpath_info {
1825        u32 filled;
1826        u32 frame_qlen;
1827        u32 sn;
1828        u32 metric;
1829        u32 exptime;
1830        u32 discovery_timeout;
1831        u8 discovery_retries;
1832        u8 flags;
1833        u8 hop_count;
1834        u32 path_change_count;
1835
1836        int generation;
1837};
1838
1839/**
1840 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters
1841 *
1842 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode).
1843 *
1844 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection
1845 *      (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1846 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed
1847 *      (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1848 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed
1849 *      (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1850 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format
1851 *      (or NULL for no change)
1852 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates
1853 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations
1854 *      (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1855 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode
1856 *      (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change)
1857 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change)
1858 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change)
1859 */
1860struct bss_parameters {
1861        int use_cts_prot;
1862        int use_short_preamble;
1863        int use_short_slot_time;
1864        const u8 *basic_rates;
1865        u8 basic_rates_len;
1866        int ap_isolate;
1867        int ht_opmode;
1868        s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps;
1869};
1870
1871/**
1872 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration
1873 *
1874 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active.
1875 *
1876 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used
1877 *      by the Mesh Peering Open message
1878 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units
1879 *      used by the Mesh Peering Open message
1880 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by
1881 *      the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering
1882 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this
1883 *      mesh interface
1884 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can
1885 *      be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh
1886 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA
1887 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection
1888 *      elements
1889 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we
1890 *      detect compatible mesh peers
1891 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to
1892 *      synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
1893 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ
1894 *      that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target
1895 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds
1896 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on
1897 *      a path discovery in milliseconds
1898 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
1899 *      receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the
1900 *      root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
1901 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
1902 *      which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
1903 *      element
1904 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
1905 *      which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR
1906 *      element
1907 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that
1908 *      it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh
1909 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA
1910 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root
1911 *      announcements are transmitted
1912 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh
1913 *      station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is
1914 *      missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true
1915 *      only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but
1916 *      not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the
1917 *      same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec)
1918 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding
1919 *      entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
1920 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate
1921 *      station to establish a peer link
1922 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode
1923 *
1924 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
1925 *      receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to
1926 *      the root mesh STA to be valid.
1927 *
1928 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive
1929 *      PREQs are transmitted.
1930 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs)
1931 *      during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing
1932 *      a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
1933 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial
1934 *      setting for new peer links.
1935 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake
1936 *      after transmitting its beacon.
1937 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established
1938 *      peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it
1939 *      from the STA's list of peers.  Default is 30 minutes.
1940 * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is
1941 *      connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info.  If false, the
1942 *      value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths
1943 *      in the mesh path table
1944 * @dot11MeshNolearn: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. PREQ/PREP
1945 *      for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that this might
1946 *      not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be better. So
1947 *      if using this setting you will likely also want to disable
1948 *      dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top.
1949 */
1950struct mesh_config {
1951        u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout;
1952        u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout;
1953        u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout;
1954        u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks;
1955        u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries;
1956        u8 dot11MeshTTL;
1957        u8 element_ttl;
1958        bool auto_open_plinks;
1959        u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor;
1960        u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries;
1961        u32 path_refresh_time;
1962        u16 min_discovery_timeout;
1963        u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout;
1964        u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval;
1965        u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval;
1966        u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime;
1967        u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode;
1968        bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate;
1969        bool dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer;
1970        u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval;
1971        bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol;
1972        bool dot11MeshForwarding;
1973        s32 rssi_threshold;
1974        u16 ht_opmode;
1975        u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout;
1976        u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval;
1977        u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval;
1978        enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode;
1979        u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration;
1980        u32 plink_timeout;
1981        bool dot11MeshNolearn;
1982};
1983
1984/**
1985 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration
1986 * @chandef: defines the channel to use
1987 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID
1988 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes
1989 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use
1990 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use
1991 * @path_metric: which metric to use
1992 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using
1993 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional)
1994 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements
1995 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication
1996 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security
1997 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions
1998 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use
1999 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
2000 * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a]
2001 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh
2002 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
2003 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
2004 *      changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
2005 *      to operate on DFS channels.
2006 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
2007 *      port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
2008 *
2009 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created.
2010 */
2011struct mesh_setup {
2012        struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
2013        const u8 *mesh_id;
2014        u8 mesh_id_len;
2015        u8 sync_method;
2016        u8 path_sel_proto;
2017        u8 path_metric;
2018        u8 auth_id;
2019        const u8 *ie;
2020        u8 ie_len;
2021        bool is_authenticated;
2022        bool is_secure;
2023        bool user_mpm;
2024        u8 dtim_period;
2025        u16 beacon_interval;
2026        int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
2027        u32 basic_rates;
2028        struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate;
2029        bool userspace_handles_dfs;
2030        bool control_port_over_nl80211;
2031};
2032
2033/**
2034 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration
2035 * @chandef: defines the channel to use
2036 *
2037 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network
2038 */
2039struct ocb_setup {
2040        struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
2041};
2042
2043/**
2044 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters
2045 * @ac: AC identifier
2046 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
2047 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
2048 *      1..32767]
2049 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
2050 *      1..32767]
2051 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
2052 */
2053struct ieee80211_txq_params {
2054        enum nl80211_ac ac;
2055        u16 txop;
2056        u16 cwmin;
2057        u16 cwmax;
2058        u8 aifs;
2059};
2060
2061/**
2062 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling
2063 *
2064 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite
2065 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will
2066 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the
2067 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the
2068 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to
2069 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements
2070 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be
2071 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised
2072 * in the wiphy structure.
2073 *
2074 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because
2075 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not
2076 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist.
2077 *
2078 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of
2079 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the
2080 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available
2081 * to userspace.
2082 */
2083
2084/**
2085 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description
2086 * @ssid: the SSID
2087 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid
2088 */
2089struct cfg80211_ssid {
2090        u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
2091        u8 ssid_len;
2092};
2093
2094/**
2095 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan
2096 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the
2097 *      wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this
2098 *      information is not available, this field is left zero.
2099 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set.
2100 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason,
2101 *      userspace will be notified of that
2102 */
2103struct cfg80211_scan_info {
2104        u64 scan_start_tsf;
2105        u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2106        bool aborted;
2107};
2108
2109/**
2110 * struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params - relevant for 6 GHz only
2111 *
2112 * @short_bssid: short ssid to scan for
2113 * @bssid: bssid to scan for
2114 * @channel_idx: idx of the channel in the channel array in the scan request
2115 *       which the above info relvant to
2116 * @unsolicited_probe: the AP transmits unsolicited probe response every 20 TU
2117 * @short_ssid_valid: short_ssid is valid and can be used
2118 * @psc_no_listen: when set, and the channel is a PSC channel, no need to wait
2119 *       20 TUs before starting to send probe requests.
2120 */
2121struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params {
2122        u32 short_ssid;
2123        u32 channel_idx;
2124        u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
2125        bool unsolicited_probe;
2126        bool short_ssid_valid;
2127        bool psc_no_listen;
2128};
2129
2130/**
2131 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description
2132 *
2133 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only)
2134 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
2135 * @channels: channels to scan on.
2136 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
2137 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning
2138 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
2139 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
2140 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If
2141 *      %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and
2142 *      the actual dwell time may be shorter.
2143 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the
2144 *      %duration field.
2145 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation
2146 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band
2147 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
2148 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started
2149 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for
2150 * @info: (internal) information about completed scan
2151 * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted
2152 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band
2153 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
2154 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
2155 *      are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
2156 *      be taken from the @mac_addr
2157 * @scan_6ghz: relevant for split scan request only,
2158 *      true if this is the second scan request
2159 * @n_6ghz_params: number of 6 GHz params
2160 * @scan_6ghz_params: 6 GHz params
2161 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID)
2162 */
2163struct cfg80211_scan_request {
2164        struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
2165        int n_ssids;
2166        u32 n_channels;
2167        enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
2168        const u8 *ie;
2169        size_t ie_len;
2170        u16 duration;
2171        bool duration_mandatory;
2172        u32 flags;
2173
2174        u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
2175
2176        struct wireless_dev *wdev;
2177
2178        u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2179        u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2180        u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2181
2182        /* internal */
2183        struct wiphy *wiphy;
2184        unsigned long scan_start;
2185        struct cfg80211_scan_info info;
2186        bool notified;
2187        bool no_cck;
2188        bool scan_6ghz;
2189        u32 n_6ghz_params;
2190        struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params *scan_6ghz_params;
2191
2192        /* keep last */
2193        struct ieee80211_channel *channels[];
2194};
2195
2196static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask)
2197{
2198        int i;
2199
2200        get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN);
2201        for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) {
2202                buf[i] &= ~mask[i];
2203                buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i];
2204        }
2205}
2206
2207/**
2208 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match
2209 *
2210 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match
2211 *      or no match (RSSI only)
2212 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match
2213 *      or no match (RSSI only)
2214 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm)
2215 * @per_band_rssi_thold: Minimum rssi threshold for each band to be applied
2216 *      for filtering out scan results received. Drivers advertize this support
2217 *      of band specific rssi based filtering through the feature capability
2218 *      %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD. These band
2219 *      specific rssi thresholds take precedence over rssi_thold, if specified.
2220 *      If not specified for any band, it will be assigned with rssi_thold of
2221 *      corresponding matchset.
2222 */
2223struct cfg80211_match_set {
2224        struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
2225        u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
2226        s32 rssi_thold;
2227        s32 per_band_rssi_thold[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
2228};
2229
2230/**
2231 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan
2232 *
2233 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds.
2234 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means
2235 *      infinite loop.
2236 *      The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero,
2237 *      all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations.
2238 */
2239struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan {
2240        u32 interval;
2241        u32 iterations;
2242};
2243
2244/**
2245 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment.
2246 *
2247 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment.
2248 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment.
2249 */
2250struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust {
2251        enum nl80211_band band;
2252        s8 delta;
2253};
2254
2255/**
2256 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description
2257 *
2258 * @reqid: identifies this request.
2259 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans)
2260 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
2261 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
2262 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning
2263 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
2264 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
2265 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation
2266 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result
2267 *      entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host
2268 *      (others are filtered out).
2269 *      If ommited, all results are passed.
2270 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets
2271 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request
2272 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
2273 * @dev: the interface
2274 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan
2275 * @channels: channels to scan
2276 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this
2277 *      contains the minimum over all matchsets
2278 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
2279 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
2280 *      are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
2281 *      be taken from the @mac_addr
2282 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest
2283 *      index must be executed first.
2284 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1.
2285 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct
2286 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request
2287 *      owned by a particular socket)
2288 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed
2289 * @list: for keeping list of requests.
2290 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan
2291 *      cycle.  The driver may ignore this parameter and start
2292 *      immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not
2293 *      supported.
2294 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not.
2295 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result
2296 *      reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined
2297 *      to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS.
2298 *      The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state.
2299 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong
2300 *      to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported
2301 *      using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that
2302 *      belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative
2303 *      comparisions.
2304 */
2305struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request {
2306        u64 reqid;
2307        struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
2308        int n_ssids;
2309        u32 n_channels;
2310        enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
2311        const u8 *ie;
2312        size_t ie_len;
2313        u32 flags;
2314        struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets;
2315        int n_match_sets;
2316        s32 min_rssi_thold;
2317        u32 delay;
2318        struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans;
2319        int n_scan_plans;
2320
2321        u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2322        u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2323
2324        bool relative_rssi_set;
2325        s8 relative_rssi;
2326        struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust;
2327
2328        /* internal */
2329        struct wiphy *wiphy;
2330        struct net_device *dev;
2331        unsigned long scan_start;
2332        bool report_results;
2333        struct rcu_head rcu_head;
2334        u32 owner_nlportid;
2335        bool nl_owner_dead;
2336        struct list_head list;
2337
2338        /* keep last */
2339        struct ieee80211_channel *channels[];
2340};
2341
2342/**
2343 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type
2344 *
2345 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available
2346 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm)
2347 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100
2348 */
2349enum cfg80211_signal_type {
2350        CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE,
2351        CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM,
2352        CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC,
2353};
2354
2355/**
2356 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data
2357 * @chan: channel the frame was received on
2358 * @scan_width: scan width that was used
2359 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's
2360 *      signal type
2361 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was
2362 *      received; should match the time when the frame was actually
2363 *      received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was
2364 *      buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms.
2365 *      If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of
2366 *      ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate.
2367 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the
2368 *      timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified
2369 *      by %parent_bssid.
2370 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to
2371 *      the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received.
2372 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
2373 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
2374 */
2375struct cfg80211_inform_bss {
2376        struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
2377        enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
2378        s32 signal;
2379        u64 boottime_ns;
2380        u64 parent_tsf;
2381        u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2382        u8 chains;
2383        s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
2384};
2385
2386/**
2387 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data
2388 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs
2389 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing
2390 * @len: length of the IEs
2391 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon
2392 * @data: IE data
2393 */
2394struct cfg80211_bss_ies {
2395        u64 tsf;
2396        struct rcu_head rcu_head;
2397        int len;
2398        bool from_beacon;
2399        u8 data[];
2400};
2401
2402/**
2403 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description
2404 *
2405 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network)
2406 * for use in scan results and similar.
2407 *
2408 * @channel: channel this BSS is on
2409 * @scan_width: width of the control channel
2410 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS
2411 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame
2412 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order
2413 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these
2414 *      are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or
2415 *      proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been
2416 *      received. It is always non-%NULL.
2417 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame
2418 *      (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't
2419 *      own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the
2420 *      @hidden_beacon_bss struct)
2421 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame
2422 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from
2423 *      a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct
2424 *      that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and
2425 *      points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case.
2426 * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a
2427 *      non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support)
2428 * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one
2429 *      (multi-BSSID support)
2430 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type)
2431 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
2432 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
2433 * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set
2434 * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set
2435 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes
2436 */
2437struct cfg80211_bss {
2438        struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
2439        enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
2440
2441        const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies;
2442        const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies;
2443        const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies;
2444
2445        struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss;
2446        struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss;
2447        struct list_head nontrans_list;
2448
2449        s32 signal;
2450
2451        u16 beacon_interval;
2452        u16 capability;
2453
2454        u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
2455        u8 chains;
2456        s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
2457
2458        u8 bssid_index;
2459        u8 max_bssid_indicator;
2460
2461        u8 priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
2462};
2463
2464/**
2465 * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID
2466 * @bss: the bss to search
2467 * @id: the element ID
2468 *
2469 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so
2470 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function.
2471 * Return: %NULL if not found.
2472 */
2473const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id);
2474
2475/**
2476 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID
2477 * @bss: the bss to search
2478 * @id: the element ID
2479 *
2480 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so
2481 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function.
2482 * Return: %NULL if not found.
2483 */
2484static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id)
2485{
2486        return (void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id);
2487}
2488
2489
2490/**
2491 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data
2492 *
2493 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2494 * authentication.
2495 *
2496 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference
2497 *      to it if it needs to keep it.
2498 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
2499 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL
2500 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2501 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
2502 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
2503 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
2504 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains
2505 *      the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the
2506 *      Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication
2507 *      transaction sequence number field.
2508 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets
2509 */
2510struct cfg80211_auth_request {
2511        struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
2512        const u8 *ie;
2513        size_t ie_len;
2514        enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
2515        const u8 *key;
2516        u8 key_len, key_idx;
2517        const u8 *auth_data;
2518        size_t auth_data_len;
2519};
2520
2521/**
2522 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association.
2523 *
2524 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT:  Disable HT (802.11n)
2525 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT:  Disable VHT
2526 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association
2527 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external
2528 *      authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to
2529 *      userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect()
2530 *      request (connect callback).
2531 */
2532enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags {
2533        ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT                    = BIT(0),
2534        ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT                   = BIT(1),
2535        ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM                       = BIT(2),
2536        CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT       = BIT(3),
2537};
2538
2539/**
2540 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data
2541 *
2542 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2543 * (re)association.
2544 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is
2545 *      given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc()
2546 *      or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new
2547 *      association requests while already associating must be rejected.
2548 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL
2549 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2550 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association
2551 * @crypto: crypto settings
2552 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
2553 *      to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
2554 *      do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
2555 *      the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
2556 *      included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
2557 *      frame.
2558 * @flags:  See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
2559 * @ht_capa:  HT Capabilities over-rides.  Values set in ht_capa_mask
2560 *      will be used in ht_capa.  Un-supported values will be ignored.
2561 * @ht_capa_mask:  The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2562 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override
2563 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use
2564 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or
2565 *      %NULL if FILS is not used.
2566 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets
2567 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association
2568 *      Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts
2569 *      with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2570 * @s1g_capa: S1G capability override
2571 * @s1g_capa_mask: S1G capability override mask
2572 */
2573struct cfg80211_assoc_request {
2574        struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
2575        const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid;
2576        size_t ie_len;
2577        struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
2578        bool use_mfp;
2579        u32 flags;
2580        struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
2581        struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
2582        struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask;
2583        const u8 *fils_kek;
2584        size_t fils_kek_len;
2585        const u8 *fils_nonces;
2586        struct ieee80211_s1g_cap s1g_capa, s1g_capa_mask;
2587};
2588
2589/**
2590 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data
2591 *
2592 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2593 * deauthentication.
2594 *
2595 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS to deauthenticate from
2596 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL
2597 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2598 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication
2599 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and
2600 *      do not set a deauth frame
2601 */
2602struct cfg80211_deauth_request {
2603        const u8 *bssid;
2604        const u8 *ie;
2605        size_t ie_len;
2606        u16 reason_code;
2607        bool local_state_change;
2608};
2609
2610/**
2611 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data
2612 *
2613 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2614 * disassociation.
2615 *
2616 * @bss: the BSS to disassociate from
2617 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL
2618 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2619 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation
2620 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no
2621 *      Disassociation frame is to be transmitted.
2622 */
2623struct cfg80211_disassoc_request {
2624        struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
2625        const u8 *ie;
2626        size_t ie_len;
2627        u16 reason_code;
2628        bool local_state_change;
2629};
2630
2631/**
2632 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters
2633 *
2634 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss()
2635 * method.
2636 *
2637 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null.
2638 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero.
2639 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not
2640 *      search for IBSSs with a different BSSID.
2641 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found
2642 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for
2643 *      IBSSs to join on other channels.
2644 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon
2645 * @ie_len: length of that
2646 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
2647 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured
2648 *      after joining
2649 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
2650 *      sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
2651 *      required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
2652 *      user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
2653 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
2654 *      port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
2655 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
2656 *      changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
2657 *      to operate on DFS channels.
2658 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS
2659 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
2660 * @ht_capa:  HT Capabilities over-rides.  Values set in ht_capa_mask
2661 *      will be used in ht_capa.  Un-supported values will be ignored.
2662 * @ht_capa_mask:  The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2663 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of
2664 *      CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys
2665 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key
2666 */
2667struct cfg80211_ibss_params {
2668        const u8 *ssid;
2669        const u8 *bssid;
2670        struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
2671        const u8 *ie;
2672        u8 ssid_len, ie_len;
2673        u16 beacon_interval;
2674        u32 basic_rates;
2675        bool channel_fixed;
2676        bool privacy;
2677        bool control_port;
2678        bool control_port_over_nl80211;
2679        bool userspace_handles_dfs;
2680        int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
2681        struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
2682        struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
2683        struct key_params *wep_keys;
2684        int wep_tx_key;
2685};
2686
2687/**
2688 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection.
2689 *
2690 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour.
2691 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour.
2692 * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF.
2693 * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST.
2694 */
2695struct cfg80211_bss_selection {
2696        enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour;
2697        union {
2698                enum nl80211_band band_pref;
2699                struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust;
2700        } param;
2701};
2702
2703/**
2704 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters
2705 *
2706 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2707 * authentication and association.
2708 *
2709 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based
2710 *      on scan results)
2711 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or
2712 *      %NULL if not specified
2713 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan
2714 *      results)
2715 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or
2716 *      %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is
2717 *      allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS
2718 *      to use.
2719 * @ssid: SSID
2720 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets
2721 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
2722 * @ie: IEs for association request
2723 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets
2724 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used
2725 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used
2726 * @crypto: crypto settings
2727 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
2728 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
2729 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
2730 * @flags:  See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
2731 * @bg_scan_period:  Background scan period in seconds
2732 *      or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used.
2733 * @ht_capa:  HT Capabilities over-rides.  Values set in ht_capa_mask
2734 *      will be used in ht_capa.  Un-supported values will be ignored.
2735 * @ht_capa_mask:  The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2736 * @vht_capa:  VHT Capability overrides
2737 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used.
2738 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG
2739 *      networks.
2740 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection.
2741 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
2742 *      to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
2743 *      do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
2744 *      the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
2745 *      included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
2746 *      frame.
2747 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the
2748 *      NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped
2749 *      data IE.
2750 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets.
2751 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or
2752 *      %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and
2753 *      is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
2754 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets.
2755 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP
2756 *      messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
2757 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional
2758 *      keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified.
2759 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets.
2760 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver
2761 *      offload of 4-way handshake.
2762 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels.
2763 *      This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver
2764 *      to choose from, based on BSS configuration.
2765 */
2766struct cfg80211_connect_params {
2767        struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
2768        struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint;
2769        const u8 *bssid;
2770        const u8 *bssid_hint;
2771        const u8 *ssid;
2772        size_t ssid_len;
2773        enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
2774        const u8 *ie;
2775        size_t ie_len;
2776        bool privacy;
2777        enum nl80211_mfp mfp;
2778        struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
2779        const u8 *key;
2780        u8 key_len, key_idx;
2781        u32 flags;
2782        int bg_scan_period;
2783        struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
2784        struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
2785        struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa;
2786        struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask;
2787        bool pbss;
2788        struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select;
2789        const u8 *prev_bssid;
2790        const u8 *fils_erp_username;
2791        size_t fils_erp_username_len;
2792        const u8 *fils_erp_realm;
2793        size_t fils_erp_realm_len;
2794        u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num;
2795        const u8 *fils_erp_rrk;
2796        size_t fils_erp_rrk_len;
2797        bool want_1x;
2798        struct ieee80211_edmg edmg;
2799};
2800
2801/**
2802 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated
2803 *
2804 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that
2805 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call.
2806 *
2807 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated
2808 * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm,
2809 *      username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated
2810 * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated
2811 */
2812enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed {
2813        UPDATE_ASSOC_IES                = BIT(0),
2814        UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO            = BIT(1),
2815        UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE                = BIT(2),
2816};
2817
2818/**
2819 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values
2820 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed
2821 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed
2822 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed
2823 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed
2824 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed
2825 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled
2826 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed
2827 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed
2828 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum
2829 */
2830enum wiphy_params_flags {
2831        WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT         = 1 << 0,
2832        WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG          = 1 << 1,
2833        WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD      = 1 << 2,
2834        WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD       = 1 << 3,
2835        WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS      = 1 << 4,
2836        WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK             = 1 << 5,
2837        WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT           = 1 << 6,
2838        WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT    = 1 << 7,
2839        WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM         = 1 << 8,
2840};
2841
2842#define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT        256
2843
2844/* The per TXQ device queue limit in airtime */
2845#define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_L       5000
2846#define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_H       12000
2847
2848/* The per interface airtime threshold to switch to lower queue limit */
2849#define IEEE80211_AQL_THRESHOLD                 24000
2850
2851/**
2852 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association
2853 *
2854 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA
2855 * caching.
2856 *
2857 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL).
2858 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA.
2859 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key
2860 *      derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL.
2861 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on
2862 *      the hash algorithm used to generate this.
2863 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS
2864 *      cache identifier (may be %NULL).
2865 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets.
2866 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the
2867 *      scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be
2868 *      %NULL).
2869 * @pmk_lifetime: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds
2870 *      (dot11RSNAConfigPMKLifetime) or 0 if not specified.
2871 *      The configured PMKSA must not be used for PMKSA caching after
2872 *      expiration and any keys derived from this PMK become invalid on
2873 *      expiration, i.e., the current association must be dropped if the PMK
2874 *      used for it expires.
2875 * @pmk_reauth_threshold: Threshold time for reauthentication (percentage of
2876 *      PMK lifetime, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold) or 0 if not specified.
2877 *      Drivers are expected to trigger a full authentication instead of using
2878 *      this PMKSA for caching when reassociating to a new BSS after this
2879 *      threshold to generate a new PMK before the current one expires.
2880 */
2881struct cfg80211_pmksa {
2882        const u8 *bssid;
2883        const u8 *pmkid;
2884        const u8 *pmk;
2885        size_t pmk_len;
2886        const u8 *ssid;
2887        size_t ssid_len;
2888        const u8 *cache_id;
2889        u32 pmk_lifetime;
2890        u8 pmk_reauth_threshold;
2891};
2892
2893/**
2894 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern
2895 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes,
2896 *      one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211
2897 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1
2898 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes)
2899 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes)
2900 *
2901 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of
2902 * memory, free @mask only!
2903 */
2904struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern {
2905        const u8 *mask, *pattern;
2906        int pattern_len;
2907        int pkt_offset;
2908};
2909
2910/**
2911 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters
2912 *
2913 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation
2914 * @src: source IP address
2915 * @dst: destination IP address
2916 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address
2917 * @src_port: source port
2918 * @dst_port: destination port
2919 * @payload_len: data payload length
2920 * @payload: data payload buffer
2921 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration
2922 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets
2923 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length
2924 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data
2925 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask
2926 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer
2927 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration
2928 */
2929struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp {
2930        struct socket *sock;
2931        __be32 src, dst;
2932        u16 src_port, dst_port;
2933        u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN];
2934        int payload_len;
2935        const u8 *payload;
2936        struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq;
2937        u32 data_interval;
2938        u32 wake_len;
2939        const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask;
2940        u32 tokens_size;
2941        /* must be last, variable member */
2942        struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok;
2943};
2944
2945/**
2946 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info
2947 *
2948 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device.
2949 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues
2950 *      operating as normal during suspend
2951 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected
2952 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet
2953 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern
2954 * @n_patterns: number of patterns
2955 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure
2956 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet
2957 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake
2958 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released
2959 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h.
2960 *      NULL if not configured.
2961 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake.
2962 */
2963struct cfg80211_wowlan {
2964        bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
2965             eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
2966             rfkill_release;
2967        struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
2968        struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp;
2969        int n_patterns;
2970        struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config;
2971};
2972
2973/**
2974 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters
2975 *
2976 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device.
2977 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs.
2978 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence.
2979 *      see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
2980 * @patterns: array of packet patterns
2981 * @n_patterns: number of patterns
2982 */
2983struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules {
2984        int delay;
2985        enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition;
2986        struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
2987        int n_patterns;
2988};
2989
2990/**
2991 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings
2992 *
2993 * This structure defines coalescing settings.
2994 * @rules: array of coalesce rules
2995 * @n_rules: number of rules
2996 */
2997struct cfg80211_coalesce {
2998        struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules;
2999        int n_rules;
3000};
3001
3002/**
3003 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match
3004 *
3005 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up
3006 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred.  This
3007 *      value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels.
3008 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match
3009 *      occurred (in MHz)
3010 */
3011struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match {
3012        struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
3013        int n_channels;
3014        u32 channels[];
3015};
3016
3017/**
3018 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information
3019 *
3020 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in
3021 *      @matches.  This value may be zero if the driver can't provide
3022 *      match information.
3023 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about
3024 *      the matches that triggered the wake up.
3025 */
3026struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info {
3027        int n_matches;
3028        struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[];
3029};
3030
3031/**
3032 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report
3033 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected
3034 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet
3035 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure
3036 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet
3037 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake
3038 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released
3039 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern
3040 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data
3041 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length
3042 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any.
3043 * @packet_80211:  For pattern match, magic packet and other data
3044 *      frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for
3045 *      disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which
3046 *      it is.
3047 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received
3048 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish
3049 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens
3050 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect
3051 */
3052struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup {
3053        bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
3054             eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
3055             rfkill_release, packet_80211,
3056             tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens;
3057        s32 pattern_idx;
3058        u32 packet_present_len, packet_len;
3059        const void *packet;
3060        struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect;
3061};
3062
3063/**
3064 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data
3065 * @kek: key encryption key (@kek_len bytes)
3066 * @kck: key confirmation key (@kck_len bytes)
3067 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes)
3068 * @kek_len: length of kek
3069 * @kck_len length of kck
3070 * @akm: akm (oui, id)
3071 */
3072struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data {
3073        const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr;
3074        u32 akm;
3075        u8 kek_len, kck_len;
3076};
3077
3078/**
3079 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information
3080 *
3081 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE
3082 *
3083 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value
3084 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs
3085 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets
3086 */
3087struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params {
3088        u16 md;
3089        const u8 *ie;
3090        size_t ie_len;
3091};
3092
3093/**
3094 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters
3095 *
3096 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame
3097 *
3098 * @chan: channel to use
3099 * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required
3100 * @wait: duration for ROC
3101 * @buf: buffer to transmit
3102 * @len: buffer length
3103 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame
3104 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack
3105 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array
3106 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame
3107 */
3108struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params {
3109        struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
3110        bool offchan;
3111        unsigned int wait;
3112        const u8 *buf;
3113        size_t len;
3114        bool no_cck;
3115        bool dont_wait_for_ack;
3116        int n_csa_offsets;
3117        const u16 *csa_offsets;
3118};
3119
3120/**
3121 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception
3122 *
3123 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition
3124 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs
3125 */
3126struct cfg80211_dscp_exception {
3127        u8 dscp;
3128        u8 up;
3129};
3130
3131/**
3132 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority
3133 *
3134 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
3135 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
3136 */
3137struct cfg80211_dscp_range {
3138        u8 low;
3139        u8 high;
3140};
3141
3142/* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */
3143#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX        21
3144#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN       16
3145#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \
3146        (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX)
3147
3148/**
3149 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information
3150 *
3151 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values
3152 *
3153 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21)
3154 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from
3155 *      the user priority DSCP range definition
3156 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority
3157 */
3158struct cfg80211_qos_map {
3159        u8 num_des;
3160        struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX];
3161        struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8];
3162};
3163
3164/**
3165 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration
3166 *
3167 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters
3168 *
3169 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255)
3170 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values.
3171 *      For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
3172 *      (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
3173 */
3174struct cfg80211_nan_conf {
3175        u8 master_pref;
3176        u8 bands;
3177};
3178
3179/**
3180 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN
3181 * configuration
3182 *
3183 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference
3184 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands
3185 */
3186enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes {
3187        CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0),
3188        CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1),
3189};
3190
3191/**
3192 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter
3193 *
3194 * @filter: the content of the filter
3195 * @len: the length of the filter
3196 */
3197struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter {
3198        const u8 *filter;
3199        u8 len;
3200};
3201
3202/**
3203 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function
3204 *
3205 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type
3206 * @service_id: the service ID of the function
3207 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type
3208 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is
3209 *      implementation specific.
3210 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted
3211 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active
3212 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up
3213 * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up
3214 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up
3215 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW.
3216 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info
3217 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length
3218 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive
3219 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter
3220 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length
3221 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index
3222 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses
3223 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF
3224 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter
3225 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF.
3226 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters.
3227 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters.
3228 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function.
3229 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier.
3230 */
3231struct cfg80211_nan_func {
3232        enum nl80211_nan_function_type type;
3233        u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN];
3234        u8 publish_type;
3235        bool close_range;
3236        bool publish_bcast;
3237        bool subscribe_active;
3238        u8 followup_id;
3239        u8 followup_reqid;
3240        struct mac_address followup_dest;
3241        u32 ttl;
3242        const u8 *serv_spec_info;
3243        u8 serv_spec_info_len;
3244        bool srf_include;
3245        const u8 *srf_bf;
3246        u8 srf_bf_len;
3247        u8 srf_bf_idx;
3248        struct mac_address *srf_macs;
3249        int srf_num_macs;
3250        struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters;
3251        struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters;
3252        u8 num_tx_filters;
3253        u8 num_rx_filters;
3254        u8 instance_id;
3255        u64 cookie;
3256};
3257
3258/**
3259 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration
3260 *
3261 * @aa: authenticator address
3262 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes.
3263 * @pmk: the PMK material
3264 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK
3265 *      is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field
3266 *      holds PMK-R0.
3267 */
3268struct cfg80211_pmk_conf {
3269        const u8 *aa;
3270        u8 pmk_len;
3271        const u8 *pmk;
3272        const u8 *pmk_r0_name;
3273};
3274
3275/**
3276 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication.
3277 *
3278 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces.
3279 *
3280 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant
3281 *      for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space).
3282 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has
3283 *      to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and
3284 *      authentication response command interface.
3285 * @ssid: SSID of the AP.  Used by both the authentication request event and
3286 *      authentication response command interface.
3287 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the
3288 *      authentication request event interface.
3289 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication,
3290 *      use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you
3291 *      the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication
3292 *      response command interface (user space to driver).
3293 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA.
3294 */
3295struct cfg80211_external_auth_params {
3296        enum nl80211_external_auth_action action;
3297        u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3298        struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
3299        unsigned int key_mgmt_suite;
3300        u16 status;
3301        const u8 *pmkid;
3302};
3303
3304/**
3305 * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
3306 *
3307 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to
3308 *      indicate the relevant values in this struct for them
3309 * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully
3310 *      answered
3311 * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were
3312 *      successfully answered
3313 * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions
3314 * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions
3315 * @non_asap_num: number of  non-ASAP FTM sessions
3316 * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication
3317 *      of how much time the responder was busy
3318 * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from
3319 *      initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with
3320 *      the responder
3321 * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks
3322 *      for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot
3323 * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window
3324 */
3325struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats {
3326        u32 filled;
3327        u32 success_num;
3328        u32 partial_num;
3329        u32 failed_num;
3330        u32 asap_num;
3331        u32 non_asap_num;
3332        u64 total_duration_ms;
3333        u32 unknown_triggers_num;
3334        u32 reschedule_requests_num;
3335        u32 out_of_window_triggers_num;
3336};
3337
3338/**
3339 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result
3340 * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is
3341 *      %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise
3342 *      reason than just "failure"
3343 * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index
3344 *      in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported
3345 * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted
3346 * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked
3347 * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
3348 *      fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible
3349 *      by the responder
3350 * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated
3351 * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated
3352 * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated
3353 * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present)
3354 * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present)
3355 * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL)
3356 * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL)
3357 * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported
3358 * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported
3359 * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response
3360 * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame
3361 * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg)
3362 * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is
3363 *      the square root of the variance)
3364 * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured
3365 * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured
3366 *      (must have either this or @rtt_avg)
3367 * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance)
3368 * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread)
3369 * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid
3370 * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid
3371 * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid
3372 * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid
3373 * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid
3374 * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid
3375 * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid
3376 * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid
3377 * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid
3378 * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid
3379 * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid
3380 * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid
3381 */
3382struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result {
3383        const u8 *lci;
3384        const u8 *civicloc;
3385        unsigned int lci_len;
3386        unsigned int civicloc_len;
3387        enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason;
3388        u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes;
3389        s16 burst_index;
3390        u8 busy_retry_time;
3391        u8 num_bursts_exp;
3392        u8 burst_duration;
3393        u8 ftms_per_burst;
3394        s32 rssi_avg;
3395        s32 rssi_spread;
3396        struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate;
3397        s64 rtt_avg;
3398        s64 rtt_variance;
3399        s64 rtt_spread;
3400        s64 dist_avg;
3401        s64 dist_variance;
3402        s64 dist_spread;
3403
3404        u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1,
3405            num_ftmr_successes_valid:1,
3406            rssi_avg_valid:1,
3407            rssi_spread_valid:1,
3408            tx_rate_valid:1,
3409            rx_rate_valid:1,
3410            rtt_avg_valid:1,
3411            rtt_variance_valid:1,
3412            rtt_spread_valid:1,
3413            dist_avg_valid:1,
3414            dist_variance_valid:1,
3415            dist_spread_valid:1;
3416};
3417
3418/**
3419 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result
3420 * @addr: address of the peer
3421 * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the
3422 *      measurement was made)
3423 * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time
3424 * @status: status of the measurement
3425 * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not
3426 *      reporting partial results always set this flag
3427 * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid
3428 * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting
3429 *      one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and
3430 *      they're all aggregated for userspace.
3431 */
3432struct cfg80211_pmsr_result {
3433        u64 host_time, ap_tsf;
3434        enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status;
3435
3436        u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
3437
3438        u8 final:1,
3439           ap_tsf_valid:1;
3440
3441        enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type;
3442
3443        union {
3444                struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm;
3445        };
3446};
3447
3448/**
3449 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data
3450 * @requested: indicates FTM is requested
3451 * @preamble: frame preamble to use
3452 * @burst_period: burst period to use
3453 * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode
3454 * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent
3455 * @burst_duration: burst duration
3456 * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst
3457 * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request
3458 * @request_lci: request LCI information
3459 * @request_civicloc: request civic location information
3460 * @trigger_based: use trigger based ranging for the measurement
3461 *               If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set,
3462 *               EDCA based ranging will be used.
3463 * @non_trigger_based: use non trigger based ranging for the measurement
3464 *               If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set,
3465 *               EDCA based ranging will be used.
3466 *
3467 * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation.
3468 */
3469struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer {
3470        enum nl80211_preamble preamble;
3471        u16 burst_period;
3472        u8 requested:1,
3473           asap:1,
3474           request_lci:1,
3475           request_civicloc:1,
3476           trigger_based:1,
3477           non_trigger_based:1;
3478        u8 num_bursts_exp;
3479        u8 burst_duration;
3480        u8 ftms_per_burst;
3481        u8 ftmr_retries;
3482};
3483
3484/**
3485 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request
3486 * @addr: MAC address
3487 * @chandef: channel to use
3488 * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF
3489 * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer
3490 */
3491struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer {
3492        u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
3493        struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
3494        u8 report_ap_tsf:1;
3495        struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm;
3496};
3497
3498/**
3499 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request
3500 * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211
3501 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211
3502 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting,
3503 *      not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211
3504 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request
3505 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that
3506 *      are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
3507 *      be taken from the @mac_addr
3508 * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request
3509 * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if
3510 *      zero it means there's no timeout
3511 * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with
3512 * @peers: per-peer measurement request data
3513 */
3514struct cfg80211_pmsr_request {
3515        u64 cookie;
3516        void *drv_data;
3517        u32 n_peers;
3518        u32 nl_portid;
3519
3520        u32 timeout;
3521
3522        u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3523        u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3524
3525        struct list_head list;
3526
3527        struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[];
3528};
3529
3530/**
3531 * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information
3532 *
3533 * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE
3534 * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space.
3535 *
3536 * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces.
3537 *
3538 * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing
3539 *      has to be done.
3540 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info
3541 *      processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space
3542 *      cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for
3543 *      OWE update request command interface (user space to driver).
3544 * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are
3545 *      the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and
3546 *      the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface.
3547 * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets.
3548 */
3549struct cfg80211_update_owe_info {
3550        u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3551        u16 status;
3552        const u8 *ie;
3553        size_t ie_len;
3554};
3555
3556/**
3557 * struct mgmt_frame_regs - management frame registrations data
3558 * @global_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered
3559 *      for the entire device
3560 * @interface_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered
3561 *      for the given interface
3562 * @global_mcast_rx: mcast RX is needed globally for these subtypes
3563 * @interface_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed on this interface
3564 *      for these subtypes
3565 */
3566struct mgmt_frame_regs {
3567        u32 global_stypes, interface_stypes;
3568        u32 global_mcast_stypes, interface_mcast_stypes;
3569};
3570
3571/**
3572 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration
3573 *
3574 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks
3575 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces.
3576 *
3577 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0
3578 * on success or a negative error code.
3579 *
3580 * All operations are currently invoked under rtnl for consistency with the
3581 * wireless extensions but this is subject to reevaluation as soon as this
3582 * code is used more widely and we have a first user without wext.
3583 *
3584 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will
3585 *      be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are
3586 *      configured for the device.
3587 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed
3588 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback
3589 *      to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from
3590 *      the device.
3591 *
3592 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name,
3593 *      must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create
3594 *      the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct
3595 *      wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must
3596 *      also set the address member in the wdev.
3597 *
3598 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface
3599 *
3600 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface,
3601 *      keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated.
3602 *
3603 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL
3604 *      when adding a group key.
3605 *
3606 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters.
3607 *      @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group
3608 *      key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid
3609 *      after it returns. This function should return an error if it is
3610 *      not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist.
3611 *
3612 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key)
3613 *      and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist.
3614 *
3615 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface
3616 *
3617 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface
3618 *
3619 * @set_default_beacon_key: set the default Beacon frame key on an interface
3620 *
3621 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver
3622 *
3623 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters.
3624 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode
3625 *      interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started.
3626 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing.
3627 *
3628 * @add_station: Add a new station.
3629 * @del_station: Remove a station
3630 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much
3631 *      validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags
3632 *      might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check
3633 *      them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call
3634 *      cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information.
3635 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac
3636 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx
3637 *
3638 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path
3639 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path
3640 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path
3641 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters
3642 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
3643 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters
3644 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
3645 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters
3646 *      (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3647 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network
3648 *      (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3649 *
3650 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration
3651 *
3652 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh.
3653 *      The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to
3654 *      set, and which to leave alone.
3655 *
3656 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS.
3657 *
3658 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters
3659 *
3660 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas,
3661 *      as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to
3662 *      join the mesh instead.
3663 *
3664 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other
3665 *      interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration.
3666 *      If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should
3667 *      be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active.
3668 *
3669 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given
3670 *      the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done().
3671 *      For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside
3672 *      the scan/scan_done bracket too.
3673 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall
3674 *      indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done().
3675 *
3676 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer
3677 *      (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3678 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer
3679 *      (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3680 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer
3681 *      (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3682 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer
3683 *      (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3684 *
3685 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected,
3686 *      call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code
3687 *      %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call
3688 *      cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code
3689 *      from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code
3690 *      was received.
3691 *      The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the
3692 *      other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated
3693 *      by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches
3694 *      the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request
3695 *      frame instead of Association Request frame.
3696 *      The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a
3697 *      specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid
3698 *      parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an
3699 *      indication of requesting reassociation.
3700 *      In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming
3701 *      cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to
3702 *      cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3703 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a
3704 *      BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for
3705 *      subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the
3706 *      Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not
3707 *      request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current
3708 *      BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in
3709 *      changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed.
3710 *      (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3711 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if
3712 *      connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in
3713 *      case connection was already established (invoked with the
3714 *      wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout().
3715 *
3716 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call
3717 *      cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due
3718 *      to a merge.
3719 *      (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3720 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS.
3721 *      (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3722 *
3723 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or
3724 *      MESH mode)
3725 *
3726 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed;
3727 *      @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values
3728 *      have changed. The actual parameter values are available in
3729 *      struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed.
3730 *
3731 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters,
3732 *      the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The
3733 *      wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will
3734 *      always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power
3735 *      (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.)
3736 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable;
3737 *      return 0 if successful
3738 *
3739 * @set_wds_peer: set the WDS peer for a WDS interface
3740 *
3741 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting
3742 *      functions to adjust rfkill hw state
3743 *
3744 * @dump_survey: get site survey information.
3745 *
3746 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified
3747 *      channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel
3748 *      operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is
3749 *      ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event
3750 *      notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel().
3751 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation.
3752 *      This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on
3753 *      the duration value.
3754 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame.
3755 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management
3756 *      frame on another channel
3757 *
3758 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL
3759 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be
3760 *      used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally,
3761 *      return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the
3762 *      dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data
3763 *      was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present
3764 *      and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA.
3765 *
3766 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration
3767 *
3768 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac
3769 *      devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association
3770 *      RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs.
3771 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID.
3772 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs.
3773 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1
3774 *      allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value.
3775 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold.
3776 *      After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating
3777 *      the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may
3778 *      need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being
3779 *      disabled.)
3780 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the
3781 *      connection quality monitor.  An event is to be sent only when the
3782 *      signal level is found to be outside the two values.  The driver should
3783 *      set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented.
3784 *      If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config.
3785 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error
3786 *      thresholds.
3787 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan.
3788 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with
3789 *      given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready
3790 *      for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be
3791 *      called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case.
3792 *      The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested
3793 *      stop (when this method returns 0).
3794 *
3795 * @update_mgmt_frame_registrations: Notify the driver that management frame
3796 *      registrations were updated. The callback is allowed to sleep.
3797 *
3798 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
3799 *      Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
3800 *      reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
3801 *      (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
3802 *
3803 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
3804 *
3805 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame.
3806 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup).
3807 *
3808 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it
3809 *      later passes to cfg80211_probe_status().
3810 *
3811 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs.
3812 *
3813 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface.
3814 *      For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single
3815 *      current monitoring channel.
3816 *
3817 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device.
3818 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device.
3819 *
3820 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode.
3821 *      Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations
3822 *      and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver
3823 *      this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL
3824 *      when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which
3825 *      advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback.
3826 *
3827 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver.
3828 *
3829 * @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC
3830 *      was finished on another phy.
3831 *
3832 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the
3833 *      driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be
3834 *      used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames.
3835 *
3836 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability
3837 *      for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the
3838 *      driver can take the most appropriate actions.
3839 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link
3840 *      reliability. This operation can not fail.
3841 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters.
3842 *
3843 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is
3844 *      responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is
3845 *      inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later
3846 *      with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept
3847 *      everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them
3848 *      as soon as possible.
3849 *
3850 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver
3851 *
3852 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the
3853 *      given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width
3854 *      changes during the lifetime of the BSS.
3855 *
3856 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device
3857 *      with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by
3858 *      userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into
3859 *      account.
3860 *      If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure
3861 *      the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return
3862 *      success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake
3863 *      with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later
3864 *      rejected)
3865 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS
3866 *
3867 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters
3868 *      (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3869 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network
3870 *      (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3871 *
3872 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
3873 *      is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
3874 *      and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP.
3875 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
3876 *      peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
3877 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface.
3878 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface.
3879 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure.
3880 *      On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and
3881 *      it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver
3882 *      should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling
3883 *      cfg80211_free_nan_func().
3884 *      On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the
3885 *      provided @nan_func.
3886 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function.
3887 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must
3888 *      be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes);
3889 *      All other parameters must be ignored.
3890 *
3891 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS
3892 *
3893 * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this
3894 *      function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise.
3895 *
3896 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake.
3897 *      If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect
3898 *      upon which the driver should clear it.
3899 *      (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3900 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator.
3901 *      (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3902 *
3903 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from
3904 *     user space
3905 *
3906 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL).  The noencrypt parameter
3907 *      tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted.
3908 *
3909 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available.
3910 *      Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided.
3911 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM)
3912 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement
3913 *
3914 * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME
3915 *      but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated
3916 *      DH IE through this interface.
3917 *
3918 * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame
3919 *      and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm.
3920 * @set_tid_config: TID specific configuration, this can be peer or BSS specific
3921 *      This callback may sleep.
3922 * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer, for the
3923 *      given TIDs. This callback may sleep.
3924 */
3925struct cfg80211_ops {
3926        int     (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow);
3927        int     (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
3928        void    (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled);
3929
3930        struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3931                                                  const char *name,
3932                                                  unsigned char name_assign_type,
3933                                                  enum nl80211_iftype type,
3934                                                  struct vif_params *params);
3935        int     (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3936                                    struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3937        int     (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3938                                       struct net_device *dev,
3939                                       enum nl80211_iftype type,
3940                                       struct vif_params *params);
3941
3942        int     (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3943                           u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr,
3944                           struct key_params *params);
3945        int     (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3946                           u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr,
3947                           void *cookie,
3948                           void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*));
3949        int     (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3950                           u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr);
3951        int     (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3952                                   struct net_device *netdev,
3953                                   u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast);
3954        int     (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3955                                        struct net_device *netdev,
3956                                        u8 key_index);
3957        int     (*set_default_beacon_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3958                                          struct net_device *netdev,
3959                                          u8 key_index);
3960
3961        int     (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3962                            struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings);
3963        int     (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3964                                 struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info);
3965        int     (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3966
3967
3968        int     (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3969                               const u8 *mac,
3970                               struct station_parameters *params);
3971        int     (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3972                               struct station_del_parameters *params);
3973        int     (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3974                                  const u8 *mac,
3975                                  struct station_parameters *params);
3976        int     (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3977                               const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
3978        int     (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3979                                int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
3980
3981        int     (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3982                               const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop);
3983        int     (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3984                               const u8 *dst);
3985        int     (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3986                                  const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop);
3987        int     (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3988                             u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3989        int     (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3990                              int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop,
3991                              struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3992        int     (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3993                           u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3994        int     (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3995                            int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp,
3996                            struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3997        int     (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3998                                struct net_device *dev,
3999                                struct mesh_config *conf);
4000        int     (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4001                                      struct net_device *dev, u32 mask,
4002                                      const struct mesh_config *nconf);
4003        int     (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4004                             const struct mesh_config *conf,
4005                             const struct mesh_setup *setup);
4006        int     (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
4007
4008        int     (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4009                            struct ocb_setup *setup);
4010        int     (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
4011
4012        int     (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4013                              struct bss_parameters *params);
4014
4015        int     (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4016                                  struct ieee80211_txq_params *params);
4017
4018        int     (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4019                                             struct net_device *dev,
4020                                             struct ieee80211_channel *chan);
4021
4022        int     (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4023                                       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
4024
4025        int     (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4026                        struct cfg80211_scan_request *request);
4027        void    (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev);
4028
4029        int     (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4030                        struct cfg80211_auth_request *req);
4031        int     (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4032                         struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req);
4033        int     (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4034                          struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req);
4035        int     (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4036                            struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req);
4037
4038        int     (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4039                           struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme);
4040        int     (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4041                                         struct net_device *dev,
4042                                         struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme,
4043                                         u32 changed);
4044        int     (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4045                              u16 reason_code);
4046
4047        int     (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4048                             struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params);
4049        int     (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
4050
4051        int     (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4052                                  int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]);
4053
4054        int     (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed);
4055
4056        int     (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4057                                enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm);
4058        int     (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4059                                int *dbm);
4060
4061        int     (*set_wds_peer)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4062                                const u8 *addr);
4063
4064        void    (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4065
4066#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
4067        int     (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4068                                void *data, int len);
4069        int     (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb,
4070                                 struct netlink_callback *cb,
4071                                 void *data, int len);
4072#endif
4073
4074        int     (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4075                                    struct net_device *dev,
4076                                    const u8 *peer,
4077                                    const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
4078
4079        int     (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
4080                        int idx, struct survey_info *info);
4081
4082        int     (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
4083                             struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
4084        int     (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
4085                             struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
4086        int     (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev);
4087
4088        int     (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4089                                     struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4090                                     struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
4091                                     unsigned int duration,
4092                                     u64 *cookie);
4093        int     (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4094                                            struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4095                                            u64 cookie);
4096
4097        int     (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4098                           struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params,
4099                           u64 *cookie);
4100        int     (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4101                                       struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4102                                       u64 cookie);
4103
4104        int     (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4105                                  bool enabled, int timeout);
4106
4107        int     (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4108                                       struct net_device *dev,
4109                                       s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst);
4110
4111        int     (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4112                                             struct net_device *dev,
4113                                             s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high);
4114
4115        int     (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4116                                      struct net_device *dev,
4117                                      u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl);
4118
4119        void    (*update_mgmt_frame_registrations)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4120                                                   struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4121                                                   struct mgmt_frame_regs *upd);
4122
4123        int     (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
4124        int     (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
4125
4126        int     (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4127                                struct net_device *dev,
4128                                struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request);
4129        int     (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4130                                   u64 reqid);
4131
4132        int     (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4133                                  struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
4134
4135        int     (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4136                             const u8 *peer, u8 action_code,  u8 dialog_token,
4137                             u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability,
4138                             bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
4139        int     (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4140                             const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper);
4141
4142        int     (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4143                                const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie);
4144
4145        int     (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4146                                  struct net_device *dev,
4147                                  u16 noack_map);
4148
4149        int     (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4150                               struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4151                               struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
4152
4153        int     (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4154                                    struct wireless_dev *wdev);
4155        void    (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4156                                   struct wireless_dev *wdev);
4157
4158        int     (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4159                               const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params);
4160
4161        int     (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4162                                         struct net_device *dev,
4163                                         struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
4164                                         u32 cac_time_ms);
4165        void    (*end_cac)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4166                                struct net_device *dev);
4167        int     (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4168                                 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie);
4169        int     (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4170                                    struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4171                                    enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol,
4172                                    u16 duration);
4173        void    (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4174                                   struct wireless_dev *wdev);
4175        int     (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4176                                struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce);
4177
4178        int     (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4179                                  struct net_device *dev,
4180                                  struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params);
4181
4182        int     (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4183                               struct net_device *dev,
4184                               struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
4185
4186        int     (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4187                                    struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
4188
4189        int     (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4190                             u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio,
4191                             u16 admitted_time);
4192        int     (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4193                             u8 tsid, const u8 *peer);
4194
4195        int     (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4196                                       struct net_device *dev,
4197                                       const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class,
4198                                       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
4199        void    (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4200                                              struct net_device *dev,
4201                                              const u8 *addr);
4202        int     (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4203                             struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf);
4204        void    (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev);
4205        int     (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4206                                struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func);
4207        void    (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4208                               u64 cookie);
4209        int     (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4210                                   struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4211                                   struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf,
4212                                   u32 changes);
4213
4214        int     (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4215                                            struct net_device *dev,
4216                                            const bool enabled);
4217
4218        int     (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4219                                 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4220                                 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats);
4221
4222        int     (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4223                           const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf);
4224        int     (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4225                           const u8 *aa);
4226        int     (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4227                                 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params);
4228
4229        int     (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4230                                   struct net_device *dev,
4231                                   const u8 *buf, size_t len,
4232                                   const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto,
4233                                   const bool noencrypt,
4234                                   u64 *cookie);
4235
4236        int     (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4237                                struct net_device *dev,
4238                                struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats);
4239
4240        int     (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4241                              struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
4242        void    (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4243                              struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
4244        int     (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4245                                   struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info);
4246        int     (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4247                                   const u8 *buf, size_t len);
4248        int     (*set_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4249                                  struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf);
4250        int     (*reset_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4251                                    const u8 *peer, u8 tids);
4252};
4253
4254/*
4255 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures
4256 * and registration/helper functions
4257 */
4258
4259/**
4260 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags
4261 *
4262 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ: if set to true, the scan request will be split
4263 *       into two, first for legacy bands and second for UHB.
4264 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this
4265 *      wiphy at all
4266 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled
4267 *      by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default
4268 *      on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good
4269 *      reason to override the default
4270 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station
4271 *      on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of
4272 *      supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype.
4273 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station
4274 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the
4275 *      control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the
4276 *      control_port_no_encrypt flag.
4277 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN.
4278 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing
4279 *      auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH.
4280 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the
4281 *      firmware.
4282 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP.
4283 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation.
4284 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z)
4285 *      link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and
4286 *      teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT
4287 *      command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
4288 *      used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation.
4289 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME
4290 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes
4291 *      when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling
4292 *      cfg80211_report_obss_beacon().
4293 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device
4294 *      responds to probe-requests in hardware.
4295 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX.
4296 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call.
4297 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels.
4298 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in
4299 *      beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...).
4300 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP: The device supports static WEP key installation
4301 *      before connection.
4302 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK: The device supports bigger kek and kck keys
4303 */
4304enum wiphy_flags {
4305        WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK         = BIT(0),
4306        /* use hole at 1 */
4307        WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ              = BIT(2),
4308        WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK                     = BIT(3),
4309        WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT             = BIT(4),
4310        WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP                     = BIT(5),
4311        WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION                = BIT(6),
4312        WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL        = BIT(7),
4313        WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN                     = BIT(8),
4314        WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH                    = BIT(10),
4315        /* use hole at 11 */
4316        /* use hole at 12 */
4317        WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM             = BIT(13),
4318        WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD                     = BIT(14),
4319        WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS                = BIT(15),
4320        WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP          = BIT(16),
4321        WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME                  = BIT(17),
4322        WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS                 = BIT(18),
4323        WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD        = BIT(19),
4324        WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX                   = BIT(20),
4325        WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL        = BIT(21),
4326        WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ            = BIT(22),
4327        WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH           = BIT(23),
4328        WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP               = BIT(24),
4329};
4330
4331/**
4332 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types
4333 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types
4334 * @types: interface types (bits)
4335 */
4336struct ieee80211_iface_limit {
4337        u16 max;
4338        u16 types;
4339};
4340
4341/**
4342 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination
4343 *
4344 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface
4345 * combinations it supports concurrently.
4346 *
4347 * Examples:
4348 *
4349 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total:
4350 *
4351 *    .. code-block:: c
4352 *
4353 *      struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = {
4354 *              { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
4355 *              { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, },
4356 *      };
4357 *      struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = {
4358 *              .limits = limits1,
4359 *              .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1),
4360 *              .max_interfaces = 2,
4361 *              .beacon_int_infra_match = true,
4362 *      };
4363 *
4364 *
4365 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total:
4366 *
4367 *    .. code-block:: c
4368 *
4369 *      struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = {
4370 *              { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) |
4371 *                                   BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), },
4372 *      };
4373 *      struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = {
4374 *              .limits = limits2,
4375 *              .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2),
4376 *              .max_interfaces = 8,
4377 *              .num_different_channels = 1,
4378 *      };
4379 *
4380 *
4381 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total.
4382 *
4383 *    This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections.
4384 *
4385 *    .. code-block:: c
4386 *
4387 *      struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = {
4388 *              { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
4389 *              { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) |
4390 *                                   BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), },
4391 *      };
4392 *      struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = {
4393 *              .limits = limits3,
4394 *              .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3),
4395 *              .max_interfaces = 4,
4396 *              .num_different_channels = 2,
4397 *      };
4398 *
4399 */
4400struct ieee80211_iface_combination {
4401        /**
4402         * @limits:
4403         * limits for the given interface types
4404         */
4405        const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits;
4406
4407        /**
4408         * @num_different_channels:
4409         * can use up to this many different channels
4410         */
4411        u32 num_different_channels;
4412
4413        /**
4414         * @max_interfaces:
4415         * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group
4416         */
4417        u16 max_interfaces;
4418
4419        /**
4420         * @n_limits:
4421         * number of limitations
4422         */
4423        u8 n_limits;
4424
4425        /**
4426         * @beacon_int_infra_match:
4427         * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure
4428         * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases.
4429         */
4430        bool beacon_int_infra_match;
4431
4432        /**
4433         * @radar_detect_widths:
4434         * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection
4435         */
4436        u8 radar_detect_widths;
4437
4438        /**
4439         * @radar_detect_regions:
4440         * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection
4441         */
4442        u8 radar_detect_regions;
4443
4444        /**
4445         * @beacon_int_min_gcd:
4446         * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals.
4447         *
4448         * = 0
4449         *   all beacon intervals for different interface must be same.
4450         * > 0
4451         *   any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND
4452         *   GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this
4453         *   combination must be greater or equal to this value.
4454         */
4455        u32 beacon_int_min_gcd;
4456};
4457
4458struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes {
4459        u16 tx, rx;
4460};
4461
4462/**
4463 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags
4464 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any"
4465 *      trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and
4466 *      wakes up the host on any activity, for example a
4467 *      received packet that passed filtering; note that the
4468 *      packet should be preserved in that case
4469 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet
4470 *      (see nl80211.h)
4471 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect
4472 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep
4473 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure
4474 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request
4475 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure
4476 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release
4477 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection
4478 */
4479enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags {
4480        WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY                = BIT(0),
4481        WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT          = BIT(1),
4482        WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT         = BIT(2),
4483        WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3),
4484        WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE  = BIT(4),
4485        WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ   = BIT(5),
4486        WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE     = BIT(6),
4487        WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE     = BIT(7),
4488        WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT         = BIT(8),
4489};
4490
4491struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support {
4492        const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok;
4493        u32 data_payload_max;
4494        u32 data_interval_max;
4495        u32 wake_payload_max;
4496        bool seq;
4497};
4498
4499/**
4500 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data
4501 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags
4502 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns
4503 *      (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
4504 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
4505 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
4506 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4507 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect,
4508 *      similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for
4509 *      scheduled scans.
4510 *      See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more
4511 *      details.
4512 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information
4513 */
4514struct wiphy_wowlan_support {
4515        u32 flags;
4516        int n_patterns;
4517        int pattern_max_len;
4518        int pattern_min_len;
4519        int max_pkt_offset;
4520        int max_nd_match_sets;
4521        const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp;
4522};
4523
4524/**
4525 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data
4526 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules
4527 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
4528 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule
4529 *      (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
4530 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
4531 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
4532 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4533 */
4534struct wiphy_coalesce_support {
4535        int n_rules;
4536        int max_delay;
4537        int n_patterns;
4538        int pattern_max_len;
4539        int pattern_min_len;
4540        int max_pkt_offset;
4541};
4542
4543/**
4544 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands
4545 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev
4546 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev
4547 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running
4548 *      (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV)
4549 */
4550enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags {
4551        WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0),
4552        WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1),
4553        WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2),
4554};
4555
4556/**
4557 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags
4558 *
4559 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed
4560 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed
4561 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed
4562 *
4563 */
4564enum wiphy_opmode_flag {
4565        STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED       = BIT(0),
4566        STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED    = BIT(1),
4567        STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED         = BIT(2),
4568};
4569
4570/**
4571 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information
4572 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag
4573 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station
4574 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station
4575 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station
4576 */
4577
4578struct sta_opmode_info {
4579        u32 changed;
4580        enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
4581        enum nl80211_chan_width bw;
4582        u8 rx_nss;
4583};
4584
4585#define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA))
4586
4587/**
4588 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition
4589 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211
4590 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags
4591 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the
4592 *      flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data
4593 *      pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all
4594 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The
4595 *      @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple
4596 *      dumpit calls.
4597 * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
4598 *      Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the
4599 *      attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command).
4600 * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy
4601 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and
4602 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others
4603 * are used with dump requests.
4604 */
4605struct wiphy_vendor_command {
4606        struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info;
4607        u32 flags;
4608        int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4609                    const void *data, int data_len);
4610        int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4611                      struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len,
4612                      unsigned long *storage);
4613        const struct nla_policy *policy;
4614        unsigned int maxattr;
4615};
4616
4617/**
4618 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type
4619 * @iftype: interface type
4620 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
4621 *      additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the
4622 *      802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are
4623 *      in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std
4624 *      802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields.
4625 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
4626 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
4627 */
4628struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab {
4629        enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
4630        const u8 *extended_capabilities;
4631        const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask;
4632        u8 extended_capabilities_len;
4633};
4634
4635/**
4636 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities
4637 * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement
4638 * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement
4639 * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement
4640 * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported
4641 * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported
4642 * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported
4643 * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data
4644 * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data
4645 * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble)
4646 * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width)
4647 * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported
4648 *      (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily
4649 *      forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick)
4650 * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if
4651 *      not limited)
4652 * @ftm.trigger_based: trigger based ranging measurement is supported
4653 * @ftm.non_trigger_based: non trigger based ranging measurement is supported
4654 */
4655struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities {
4656        unsigned int max_peers;
4657        u8 report_ap_tsf:1,
4658           randomize_mac_addr:1;
4659
4660        struct {
4661                u32 preambles;
4662                u32 bandwidths;
4663                s8 max_bursts_exponent;
4664                u8 max_ftms_per_burst;
4665                u8 supported:1,
4666                   asap:1,
4667                   non_asap:1,
4668                   request_lci:1,
4669                   request_civicloc:1,
4670                   trigger_based:1,
4671                   non_trigger_based:1;
4672        } ftm;
4673};
4674
4675/**
4676 * struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites - This structure encapsulates supported akm
4677 * suites for interface types defined in @iftypes_mask. Each type in the
4678 * @iftypes_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_akm_suites.
4679 *
4680 * @iftypes_mask: bitmask of interfaces types
4681 * @akm_suites: points to an array of supported akm suites
4682 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites
4683 */
4684struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites {
4685        u16 iftypes_mask;
4686        const u32 *akm_suites;
4687        int n_akm_suites;
4688};
4689
4690/**
4691 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description
4692 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback,
4693 *      note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory()
4694 *      the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL
4695 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via
4696 *      the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver
4697 *      on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future
4698 *      regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers.
4699 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss.
4700 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites
4701 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites
4702 * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites. These are the default AKMs supported if
4703 *      the supported AKMs not advertized for a specific interface type in
4704 *      iftype_akm_suites.
4705 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites
4706 * @iftype_akm_suites: array of supported akm suites info per interface type.
4707 *      Note that the bits in @iftypes_mask inside this structure cannot
4708 *      overlap (i.e. only one occurrence of each type is allowed across all
4709 *      instances of iftype_akm_suites).
4710 * @num_iftype_akm_suites: number of interface types for which supported akm
4711 *      suites are specified separately.
4712 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit)
4713 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit)
4714 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold);
4715 *      -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used
4716 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled
4717 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in
4718 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device
4719 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking,
4720 *      set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last
4721 *      four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual
4722 *      variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with
4723 *      interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up.
4724 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses.
4725 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer
4726 *      to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used
4727 *      by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to
4728 *      all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle
4729 *      the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses.
4730 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against
4731 *      unregister hardware
4732 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy (ieee80211/<wiphyname>).
4733 *      It will be renamed automatically on wiphy renames
4734 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy. The item in
4735 *      /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this. You need use set_wiphy_dev()
4736 *      (see below).
4737 * @wext: wireless extension handlers
4738 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter)
4739 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy,
4740 *      must be set by driver
4741 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not
4742 *      list single interface types.
4743 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array.
4744 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not
4745 *      subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW.
4746 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags
4747 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see
4748 *      &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags
4749 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags.
4750 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see
4751 *      &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index.
4752 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it,
4753 *      this variable determines its size
4754 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in
4755 *      any given scan
4756 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that
4757 *      the device can run concurrently.
4758 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan
4759 *      for in any given scheduled scan
4760 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle
4761 *      when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not
4762 *      supported.
4763 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can
4764 *      add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not
4765 *      include fixed IEs like supported rates
4766 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled
4767 *      scans
4768 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number
4769 *      of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device.
4770 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a
4771 *      single scan plan supported by the device.
4772 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single
4773 *      scan plan supported by the device.
4774 * @coverage_class: current coverage class
4775 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting
4776 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting
4777 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device
4778 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary
4779 *      wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers
4780 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device
4781 *
4782 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or
4783 *      transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface
4784 *      type
4785 *
4786 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
4787 *      configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
4788 *      rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set.
4789 *
4790 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
4791 *      configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
4792 *      rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set.
4793 *
4794 * @probe_resp_offload:
4795 *       Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading.
4796 *       See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid
4797 *       when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set.
4798 *
4799 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation
4800 *      may request, if implemented.
4801 *
4802 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information
4803 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be
4804 *      used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed
4805 *      to the suspend() operation instead.
4806 *
4807 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
4808 * @ht_capa_mod_mask:  Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden.
4809 *      If null, then none can be over-ridden.
4810 * @vht_capa_mod_mask:  Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden.
4811 *      If null, then none can be over-ridden.
4812 *
4813 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must
4814 *      not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection.
4815 *
4816 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device
4817 *      supports for ACL.
4818 *
4819 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
4820 *      additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are
4821 *      the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element")
4822 *      and are in the same format as in the information element. See
4823 *      802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default
4824 *      extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified
4825 *      for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab.
4826 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
4827 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
4828 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type
4829 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended
4830 *      capabilities are specified separately.
4831 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information
4832 *
4833 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware
4834 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands
4835 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware
4836 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events
4837 *
4838 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode
4839 *      (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The
4840 *      driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in
4841 *      some cases, but may not always reach.
4842 *
4843 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons
4844 *      and probe responses.  This value should be set if the driver
4845 *      wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means
4846 *      infinite.
4847 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported
4848 *      by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the
4849 *      attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr.
4850 *
4851 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a
4852 *      bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values.  For instance, for
4853 *      NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
4854 *      (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
4855 *
4856 * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit
4857 * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit
4858 * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum
4859 *
4860 * @tx_queue_len: allow setting transmit queue len for drivers not using
4861 *      wake_tx_queue
4862 *
4863 * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP
4864 * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not
4865 *      HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues.
4866 *      @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect.
4867 *
4868 * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities
4869 *
4870 * @tid_config_support: describes the per-TID config support that the
4871 *      device has
4872 * @tid_config_support.vif: bitmap of attributes (configurations)
4873 *      supported by the driver for each vif
4874 * @tid_config_support.peer: bitmap of attributes (configurations)
4875 *      supported by the driver for each peer
4876 * @tid_config_support.max_retry: maximum supported retry count for
4877 *      long/short retry configuration
4878 *
4879 * @max_data_retry_count: maximum supported per TID retry count for
4880 *      configuration through the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT and
4881 *      %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG attributes
4882 */
4883struct wiphy {
4884        /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */
4885
4886        u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN];
4887        u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN];
4888
4889        struct mac_address *addresses;
4890
4891        const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes;
4892
4893        const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations;
4894        int n_iface_combinations;
4895        u16 software_iftypes;
4896
4897        u16 n_addresses;
4898
4899        /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */
4900        u16 interface_modes;
4901
4902        u16 max_acl_mac_addrs;
4903
4904        u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features;
4905        u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)];
4906
4907        u32 ap_sme_capa;
4908
4909        enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type;
4910
4911        int bss_priv_size;
4912        u8 max_scan_ssids;
4913        u8 max_sched_scan_reqs;
4914        u8 max_sched_scan_ssids;
4915        u8 max_match_sets;
4916        u16 max_scan_ie_len;
4917        u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len;
4918        u32 max_sched_scan_plans;
4919        u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval;
4920        u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations;
4921
4922        int n_cipher_suites;
4923        const u32 *cipher_suites;
4924
4925        int n_akm_suites;
4926        const u32 *akm_suites;
4927
4928        const struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites *iftype_akm_suites;
4929        unsigned int num_iftype_akm_suites;
4930
4931        u8 retry_short;
4932        u8 retry_long;
4933        u32 frag_threshold;
4934        u32 rts_threshold;
4935        u8 coverage_class;
4936
4937        char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN];
4938        u32 hw_version;
4939
4940#ifdef CONFIG_PM
4941        const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan;
4942        struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config;
4943#endif
4944
4945        u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration;
4946
4947        u8 max_num_pmkids;
4948
4949        u32 available_antennas_tx;
4950        u32 available_antennas_rx;
4951
4952        u32 probe_resp_offload;
4953
4954        const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask;
4955        u8 extended_capabilities_len;
4956
4957        const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab;
4958        unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab;
4959
4960        const void *privid;
4961
4962        struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
4963
4964        void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4965                             struct regulatory_request *request);
4966
4967        /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */
4968
4969        const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd;
4970
4971        struct device dev;
4972
4973        bool registered;
4974
4975        struct dentry *debugfsdir;
4976
4977        const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask;
4978        const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask;
4979
4980        struct list_head wdev_list;
4981
4982        possible_net_t _net;
4983
4984#ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
4985        const struct iw_handler_def *wext;
4986#endif
4987
4988        const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce;
4989
4990        const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands;
4991        const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events;
4992        int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events;
4993
4994        u16 max_ap_assoc_sta;
4995
4996        u8 max_num_csa_counters;
4997
4998        u32 bss_select_support;
4999
5000        u8 nan_supported_bands;
5001
5002        u32 txq_limit;
5003        u32 txq_memory_limit;
5004        u32 txq_quantum;
5005
5006        unsigned long tx_queue_len;
5007
5008        u8 support_mbssid:1,
5009           support_only_he_mbssid:1;
5010
5011        const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa;
5012
5013        struct {
5014                u64 peer, vif;
5015                u8 max_retry;
5016        } tid_config_support;
5017
5018        u8 max_data_retry_count;
5019
5020        char priv[] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN);
5021};
5022
5023static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy)
5024{
5025        return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net);
5026}
5027
5028static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net)
5029{
5030        write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net);
5031}
5032
5033/**
5034 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy
5035 *
5036 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return
5037 * Return: The priv of @wiphy.
5038 */
5039static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy)
5040{
5041        BUG_ON(!wiphy);
5042        return &wiphy->priv;
5043}
5044
5045/**
5046 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv
5047 *
5048 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv
5049 * Return: The wiphy of @priv.
5050 */
5051static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv)
5052{
5053        BUG_ON(!priv);
5054        return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv);
5055}
5056
5057/**
5058 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy
5059 *
5060 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind
5061 * @dev: The device to parent it to
5062 */
5063static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev)
5064{
5065        wiphy->dev.parent = dev;
5066}
5067
5068/**
5069 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer
5070 *
5071 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up
5072 * Return: The dev of @wiphy.
5073 */
5074static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy)
5075{
5076        return wiphy->dev.parent;
5077}
5078
5079/**
5080 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name
5081 *
5082 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return
5083 * Return: The name of @wiphy.
5084 */
5085static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy)
5086{
5087        return dev_name(&wiphy->dev);
5088}
5089
5090/**
5091 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
5092 *
5093 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
5094 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
5095 * @requested_name: Request a particular name.
5096 *      NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming.
5097 *
5098 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
5099 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
5100 *
5101 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
5102 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
5103 */
5104struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv,
5105                           const char *requested_name);
5106
5107/**
5108 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
5109 *
5110 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
5111 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
5112 *
5113 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
5114 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
5115 *
5116 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
5117 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
5118 */
5119static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops,
5120                                      int sizeof_priv)
5121{
5122        return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL);
5123}
5124
5125/**
5126 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211
5127 *
5128 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register.
5129 *
5130 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code.
5131 */
5132int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy);
5133
5134/**
5135 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211
5136 *
5137 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister.
5138 *
5139 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv
5140 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding
5141 * request that is being handled.
5142 */
5143void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy);
5144
5145/**
5146 * wiphy_free - free wiphy
5147 *
5148 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free
5149 */
5150void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy);
5151
5152/* internal structs */
5153struct cfg80211_conn;
5154struct cfg80211_internal_bss;
5155struct cfg80211_cached_keys;
5156struct cfg80211_cqm_config;
5157
5158/**
5159 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state
5160 *
5161 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver
5162 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this
5163 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.)
5164 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will
5165 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device.
5166 *
5167 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver
5168 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as
5169 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be
5170 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it.
5171 *
5172 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description
5173 * @iftype: interface type
5174 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces
5175 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL
5176 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this
5177 *      wireless device if it has no netdev
5178 * @current_bss: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
5179 * @chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to track
5180 *      the user-set channel definition.
5181 * @preset_chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to
5182 *      track the channel to be used for AP later
5183 * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
5184 * @ssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
5185 * @ssid_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
5186 * @mesh_id_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
5187 * @mesh_id_up_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
5188 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code
5189 * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling
5190 * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data
5191 * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data
5192 * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association
5193 * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements
5194 * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID
5195 * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID
5196 * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index
5197 * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index
5198 * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation
5199 * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity
5200 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be
5201 *      set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the
5202 *      netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update
5203 *      by cfg80211 on change_interface
5204 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames
5205 * @mgmt_registrations_lock: lock for the list
5206 * @mgmt_registrations_need_update: mgmt registrations were updated,
5207 *      need to propagate the update to the driver
5208 * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers
5209 *      and some API functions require it held
5210 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting
5211 *      beacons, 0 when not valid
5212 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL
5213 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g.
5214 *      the P2P Device.
5215 * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started
5216 * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
5217 * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms
5218 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled
5219 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout
5220 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application
5221 *      registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode)
5222 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data
5223 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established
5224 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type
5225 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID
5226 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work
5227 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect
5228 * @ibss_fixed: (private) IBSS is using fixed BSSID
5229 * @ibss_dfs_possible: (private) IBSS may change to a DFS channel
5230 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing
5231 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list
5232 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID
5233 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away
5234 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state
5235 * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests
5236 * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock
5237 * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work
5238 * @unprot_beacon_reported: (private) timestamp of last
5239 *      unprotected beacon report
5240 */
5241struct wireless_dev {
5242        struct wiphy *wiphy;
5243        enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
5244
5245        /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */
5246        struct list_head list;
5247        struct net_device *netdev;
5248
5249        u32 identifier;
5250
5251        struct list_head mgmt_registrations;
5252        spinlock_t mgmt_registrations_lock;
5253        u8 mgmt_registrations_need_update:1;
5254
5255        struct mutex mtx;
5256
5257        bool use_4addr, is_running;
5258
5259        u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16));
5260
5261        /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */
5262        u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
5263        u8 ssid_len, mesh_id_len, mesh_id_up_len;
5264        struct cfg80211_conn *conn;
5265        struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys;
5266        enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type;
5267        u32 conn_owner_nlportid;
5268
5269        struct work_struct disconnect_wk;
5270        u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
5271
5272        struct list_head event_list;
5273        spinlock_t event_lock;
5274
5275        struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; /* associated / joined */
5276        struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef;
5277        struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
5278
5279        bool ibss_fixed;
5280        bool ibss_dfs_possible;
5281
5282        bool ps;
5283        int ps_timeout;
5284
5285        int beacon_interval;
5286
5287        u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid;
5288
5289        u32 owner_nlportid;
5290        bool nl_owner_dead;
5291
5292        bool cac_started;
5293        unsigned long cac_start_time;
5294        unsigned int cac_time_ms;
5295
5296#ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
5297        /* wext data */
5298        struct {
5299                struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss;
5300                struct cfg80211_connect_params connect;
5301                struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys;
5302                const u8 *ie;
5303                size_t ie_len;
5304                u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
5305                u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
5306                u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
5307                s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key;
5308                bool prev_bssid_valid;
5309        } wext;
5310#endif
5311
5312        struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config;
5313
5314        struct list_head pmsr_list;
5315        spinlock_t pmsr_lock;
5316        struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk;
5317
5318        unsigned long unprot_beacon_reported;
5319};
5320
5321static inline u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
5322{
5323        if (wdev->netdev)
5324                return wdev->netdev->dev_addr;
5325        return wdev->address;
5326}
5327
5328static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
5329{
5330        if (wdev->netdev)
5331                return netif_running(wdev->netdev);
5332        return wdev->is_running;
5333}
5334
5335/**
5336 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev
5337 *
5338 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return
5339 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev.
5340 */
5341static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
5342{
5343        BUG_ON(!wdev);
5344        return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy);
5345}
5346
5347/**
5348 * DOC: Utility functions
5349 *
5350 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful.
5351 */
5352
5353/**
5354 * ieee80211_channel_equal - compare two struct ieee80211_channel
5355 *
5356 * @a: 1st struct ieee80211_channel
5357 * @b: 2nd struct ieee80211_channel
5358 * Return: true if center frequency of @a == @b
5359 */
5360static inline bool
5361ieee80211_channel_equal(struct ieee80211_channel *a,
5362                        struct ieee80211_channel *b)
5363{
5364        return (a->center_freq == b->center_freq &&
5365                a->freq_offset == b->freq_offset);
5366}
5367
5368/**
5369 * ieee80211_channel_to_khz - convert ieee80211_channel to frequency in KHz
5370 * @chan: struct ieee80211_channel to convert
5371 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz)
5372 */
5373static inline u32
5374ieee80211_channel_to_khz(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan)
5375{
5376        return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chan->center_freq) + chan->freq_offset;
5377}
5378
5379/**
5380 * ieee80211_s1g_channel_width - get allowed channel width from @chan
5381 *
5382 * Only allowed for band NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ
5383 * @chan: channel
5384 * Return: The allowed channel width for this center_freq
5385 */
5386enum nl80211_chan_width
5387ieee80211_s1g_channel_width(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan);
5388
5389/**
5390 * ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz - convert channel number to frequency
5391 * @chan: channel number
5392 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap
5393 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz), or 0 if the conversion failed.
5394 */
5395u32 ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(int chan, enum nl80211_band band);
5396
5397/**
5398 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency
5399 * @chan: channel number
5400 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap
5401 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed.
5402 */
5403static inline int
5404ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band)
5405{
5406        return KHZ_TO_MHZ(ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(chan, band));
5407}
5408
5409/**
5410 * ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number
5411 * @freq: center frequency in KHz
5412 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed.
5413 */
5414int ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(u32 freq);
5415
5416/**
5417 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number
5418 * @freq: center frequency in MHz
5419 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed.
5420 */
5421static inline int
5422ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq)
5423{
5424        return ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq));
5425}
5426
5427/**
5428 * ieee80211_get_channel_khz - get channel struct from wiphy for specified
5429 * frequency
5430 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for
5431 * @freq: the center frequency (in KHz) of the channel
5432 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq.
5433 */
5434struct ieee80211_channel *
5435ieee80211_get_channel_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 freq);
5436
5437/**
5438 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency
5439 *
5440 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for
5441 * @freq: the center frequency (in MHz) of the channel
5442 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq.
5443 */
5444static inline struct ieee80211_channel *
5445ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq)
5446{
5447        return ieee80211_get_channel_khz(wiphy, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq));
5448}
5449
5450/**
5451 * cfg80211_channel_is_psc - Check if the channel is a 6 GHz PSC
5452 * @chan: control channel to check
5453 *
5454 * The Preferred Scanning Channels (PSC) are defined in
5455 * Draft IEEE P802.11ax/D5.0, 26.17.2.3.3
5456 */
5457static inline bool cfg80211_channel_is_psc(struct ieee80211_channel *chan)
5458{
5459        if (chan->band != NL80211_BAND_6GHZ)
5460                return false;
5461
5462        return ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(chan->center_freq) % 16 == 5;
5463}
5464
5465/**
5466 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate
5467 *
5468 * @sband: the band to look for rates in
5469 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates
5470 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate
5471 *
5472 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that
5473 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map,
5474 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of
5475 * rates in the band's bitrate table.
5476 */
5477struct ieee80211_rate *
5478ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5479                            u32 basic_rates, int bitrate);
5480
5481/**
5482 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band
5483 * @sband: the band to look for rates in
5484 * @scan_width: width of the control channel
5485 *
5486 * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given
5487 * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array.
5488 */
5489u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5490                              enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width);
5491
5492/*
5493 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support
5494 *
5495 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c
5496 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.rst
5497 */
5498
5499struct radiotap_align_size {
5500        uint8_t align:4, size:4;
5501};
5502
5503struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace {
5504        const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size;
5505        int n_bits;
5506        uint32_t oui;
5507        uint8_t subns;
5508};
5509
5510struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces {
5511        const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns;
5512        int n_ns;
5513};
5514
5515/**
5516 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args
5517 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call
5518 *      to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next()
5519 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each
5520 *      call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after
5521 *      ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to
5522 *      the beginning of the actual data portion
5523 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience
5524 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition
5525 *      (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown)
5526 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default
5527 *      radiotap namespace or not
5528 *
5529 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through
5530 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering
5531 * @_arg_index: next argument index
5532 * @_arg: next argument pointer
5533 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32
5534 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present
5535 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions
5536 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data
5537 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the
5538 *      next bitmap word
5539 *
5540 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore
5541 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally.
5542 */
5543
5544struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator {
5545        struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader;
5546        const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns;
5547        const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace;
5548
5549        unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data;
5550        __le32 *_next_bitmap;
5551
5552        unsigned char *this_arg;
5553        int this_arg_index;
5554        int this_arg_size;
5555
5556        int is_radiotap_ns;
5557
5558        int _max_length;
5559        int _arg_index;
5560        uint32_t _bitmap_shifter;
5561        int _reset_on_ext;
5562};
5563
5564int
5565ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator,
5566                                 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header,
5567                                 int max_length,
5568                                 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns);
5569
5570int
5571ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator);
5572
5573
5574extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6];
5575extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6];
5576
5577/**
5578 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data
5579 *
5580 * @skb: the frame
5581 *
5582 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function
5583 * returns the 802.11 header length.
5584 *
5585 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption
5586 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid
5587 * 802.11 header.
5588 */
5589unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb);
5590
5591/**
5592 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control
5593 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format
5594 * Return: The header length in bytes.
5595 */
5596unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc);
5597
5598/**
5599 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length
5600 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field
5601 *      (first byte) will be accessed
5602 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at
5603 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present.
5604 */
5605unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr);
5606
5607/**
5608 * DOC: Data path helpers
5609 *
5610 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers
5611 * functions that help implement the data path for devices
5612 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device.
5613 */
5614
5615/**
5616 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
5617 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame
5618 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead
5619 *      of it being pushed into the SKB
5620 * @addr: the device MAC address
5621 * @iftype: the virtual interface type
5622 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header
5623 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
5624 */
5625int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr,
5626                                  const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
5627                                  u8 data_offset);
5628
5629/**
5630 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
5631 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame
5632 * @addr: the device MAC address
5633 * @iftype: the virtual interface type
5634 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
5635 */
5636static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr,
5637                                         enum nl80211_iftype iftype)
5638{
5639        return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0);
5640}
5641
5642/**
5643 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame
5644 *
5645 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames.
5646 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully
5647 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function.
5648 *
5649 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers.
5650 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and
5651 *      initialized by the caller.
5652 * @addr: The device MAC address.
5653 * @iftype: The device interface type.
5654 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list.
5655 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
5656 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
5657 */
5658void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list,
5659                              const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
5660                              const unsigned int extra_headroom,
5661                              const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa);
5662
5663/**
5664 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame
5665 * @skb: the data frame
5666 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use
5667 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag.
5668 */
5669unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb,
5670                                    struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
5671
5672/**
5673 * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data
5674 *
5675 * @eid: element ID
5676 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5677 * @len: length of data
5678 * @match: byte array to match
5679 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array
5680 * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match.
5681 *      Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers
5682 *      the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take
5683 *      the data portion instead.
5684 *
5685 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5686 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5687 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
5688 * requested element struct.
5689 *
5690 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5691 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the
5692 * byte array to match.
5693 */
5694const struct element *
5695cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
5696                         const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len,
5697                         unsigned int match_offset);
5698
5699/**
5700 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data
5701 *
5702 * @eid: element ID
5703 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5704 * @len: length of data
5705 * @match: byte array to match
5706 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array
5707 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match.
5708 *      If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero.
5709 *      Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first
5710 *      byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and
5711 *      the second byte is the IE length.
5712 *
5713 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5714 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5715 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first
5716 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
5717 * element ID.
5718 *
5719 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5720 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the
5721 * byte array to match.
5722 */
5723static inline const u8 *
5724cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
5725                       const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len,
5726                       unsigned int match_offset)
5727{
5728        /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is
5729         * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well.
5730         */
5731        if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) ||
5732                    (!match_len && match_offset)))
5733                return NULL;
5734
5735        return (void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len,
5736                                                match, match_len,
5737                                                match_offset ?
5738                                                        match_offset - 2 : 0);
5739}
5740
5741/**
5742 * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data
5743 *
5744 * @eid: element ID
5745 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5746 * @len: length of data
5747 *
5748 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5749 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5750 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
5751 * requested element struct.
5752 *
5753 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5754 * having to fit into the given data.
5755 */
5756static inline const struct element *
5757cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5758{
5759        return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0);
5760}
5761
5762/**
5763 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data
5764 *
5765 * @eid: element ID
5766 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5767 * @len: length of data
5768 *
5769 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5770 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5771 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
5772 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
5773 *
5774 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5775 * having to fit into the given data.
5776 */
5777static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5778{
5779        return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0);
5780}
5781
5782/**
5783 * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data
5784 *
5785 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension
5786 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5787 * @len: length of data
5788 *
5789 * Return: %NULL if the etended element could not be found or if
5790 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5791 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
5792 * requested element struct.
5793 *
5794 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5795 * having to fit into the given data.
5796 */
5797static inline const struct element *
5798cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5799{
5800        return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len,
5801                                        &ext_eid, 1, 0);
5802}
5803
5804/**
5805 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data
5806 *
5807 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension
5808 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5809 * @len: length of data
5810 *
5811 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if
5812 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5813 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
5814 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
5815 *
5816 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5817 * having to fit into the given data.
5818 */
5819static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5820{
5821        return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len,
5822                                      &ext_eid, 1, 2);
5823}
5824
5825/**
5826 * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data
5827 *
5828 * @oui: vendor OUI
5829 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any
5830 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5831 * @len: length of data
5832 *
5833 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the
5834 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise
5835 * return the element structure for the requested element.
5836 *
5837 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into
5838 * the given data.
5839 */
5840const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type,
5841                                                const u8 *ies,
5842                                                unsigned int len);
5843
5844/**
5845 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data
5846 *
5847 * @oui: vendor OUI
5848 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any
5849 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5850 * @len: length of data
5851 *
5852 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the
5853 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to
5854 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
5855 * element ID.
5856 *
5857 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into
5858 * the given data.
5859 */
5860static inline const u8 *
5861cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type,
5862                        const u8 *ies, unsigned int len)
5863{
5864        return (void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len);
5865}
5866
5867/**
5868 * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame
5869 *
5870 * @dev: network device
5871 * @addr: STA MAC address
5872 *
5873 * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge
5874 * devices upon STA association.
5875 */
5876void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr);
5877
5878/**
5879 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure
5880 *
5881 * TODO
5882 */
5883
5884/**
5885 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain
5886 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting
5887 *      conflicts)
5888 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain
5889 *      should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you
5890 *      set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted
5891 *      alpha2.
5892 *
5893 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core
5894 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by
5895 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory
5896 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain.
5897 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried
5898 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country.
5899 *
5900 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call.
5901 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(),
5902 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw().
5903 *
5904 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
5905 * an -ENOMEM.
5906 *
5907 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM.
5908 */
5909int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2);
5910
5911/**
5912 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers
5913 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
5914 * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy
5915 *
5916 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they
5917 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more
5918 * information.
5919 *
5920 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
5921 */
5922int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5923                              struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd);
5924
5925/**
5926 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl - set regdom for self-managed drivers
5927 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
5928 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy
5929 *
5930 * This functions requires the RTNL to be held and applies the new regdomain
5931 * synchronously to this wiphy. For more details see
5932 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd().
5933 *
5934 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
5935 */
5936int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5937                                        struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd);
5938
5939/**
5940 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain
5941 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
5942 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy
5943 *
5944 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply
5945 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory
5946 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The
5947 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous
5948 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a
5949 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled.
5950 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag
5951 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy
5952 * that called this helper.
5953 */
5954void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5955                                   const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd);
5956
5957/**
5958 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency
5959 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for
5960 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for
5961 *
5962 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on
5963 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain
5964 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received
5965 * and processed already.
5966 *
5967 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule
5968 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to
5969 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return
5970 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even
5971 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band.
5972 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is
5973 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific.
5974 */
5975const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5976                                               u32 center_freq);
5977
5978/**
5979 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name
5980 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator
5981 *
5982 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a
5983 * proper string representation.
5984 */
5985const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator);
5986
5987/**
5988 * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom
5989 * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked.
5990 *
5991 * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI).
5992 */
5993bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy);
5994
5995/**
5996 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions
5997 *
5998 */
5999
6000/**
6001 * reg_query_regdb_wmm -  Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule
6002 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively
6003 *
6004 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried.
6005 * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried.
6006 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db.
6007 *
6008 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to  query
6009 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given
6010 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations.
6011 *
6012 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
6013 * an -ENODATA.
6014 *
6015 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA.
6016 */
6017int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq,
6018                        struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule);
6019
6020/*
6021 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification
6022 * functions and BSS handling helpers
6023 */
6024
6025/**
6026 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished
6027 *
6028 * @request: the corresponding scan request
6029 * @info: information about the completed scan
6030 */
6031void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request,
6032                        struct cfg80211_scan_info *info);
6033
6034/**
6035 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available
6036 *
6037 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results
6038 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
6039 */
6040void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
6041
6042/**
6043 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
6044 *
6045 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
6046 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
6047 *
6048 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
6049 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason.  The driver
6050 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
6051 */
6052void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
6053
6054/**
6055 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
6056 *
6057 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
6058 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
6059 *
6060 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
6061 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason.  The driver
6062 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
6063 * This function should be called with rtnl locked.
6064 */
6065void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
6066
6067/**
6068 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame
6069 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
6070 * @data: the BSS metadata
6071 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon)
6072 * @len: length of the management frame
6073 * @gfp: context flags
6074 *
6075 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
6076 * the BSS should be updated/added.
6077 *
6078 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
6079 * Or %NULL on error.
6080 */
6081struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
6082cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6083                               struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data,
6084                               struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
6085                               gfp_t gfp);
6086
6087static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
6088cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6089                                struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
6090                                enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width,
6091                                struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
6092                                s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
6093{
6094        struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
6095                .chan = rx_channel,
6096                .scan_width = scan_width,
6097                .signal = signal,
6098        };
6099
6100        return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp);
6101}
6102
6103static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
6104cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6105                          struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
6106                          struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
6107                          s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
6108{
6109        struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
6110                .chan = rx_channel,
6111                .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
6112                .signal = signal,
6113        };
6114
6115        return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp);
6116}
6117
6118/**
6119 * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID
6120 * @bssid: transmitter BSSID
6121 * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element
6122 * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element
6123 * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID
6124 */
6125static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid,
6126                                          u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid)
6127{
6128        u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid);
6129        u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0);
6130        u64 new_bssid_u64;
6131
6132        new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask;
6133
6134        new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask;
6135
6136        u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid);
6137}
6138
6139/**
6140 * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited
6141 * @element: element to check
6142 * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element
6143 */
6144bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element,
6145                                   const struct element *non_inherit_element);
6146
6147/**
6148 * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs
6149 * @ie: ies
6150 * @ielen: length of IEs
6151 * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element
6152 * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile)
6153 * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile
6154 * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length
6155 */
6156size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
6157                              const struct element *mbssid_elem,
6158                              const struct element *sub_elem,
6159                              u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len);
6160
6161/**
6162 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from
6163 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is
6164 *      from a beacon or probe response
6165 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon
6166 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response
6167 */
6168enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type {
6169        CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN,
6170        CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON,
6171        CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP,
6172};
6173
6174/**
6175 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS
6176 *
6177 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
6178 * @data: the BSS metadata
6179 * @ftype: frame type (if known)
6180 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS
6181 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0)
6182 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer
6183 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer
6184 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer
6185 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs
6186 * @gfp: context flags
6187 *
6188 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
6189 * the BSS should be updated/added.
6190 *
6191 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
6192 * Or %NULL on error.
6193 */
6194struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
6195cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6196                         struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data,
6197                         enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
6198                         const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
6199                         u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
6200                         gfp_t gfp);
6201
6202static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
6203cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6204                          struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
6205                          enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width,
6206                          enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
6207                          const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
6208                          u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
6209                          s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
6210{
6211        struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
6212                .chan = rx_channel,
6213                .scan_width = scan_width,
6214                .signal = signal,
6215        };
6216
6217        return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf,
6218                                        capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen,
6219                                        gfp);
6220}
6221
6222static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
6223cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6224                    struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
6225                    enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
6226                    const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
6227                    u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
6228                    s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
6229{
6230        struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
6231                .chan = rx_channel,
6232                .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
6233                .signal = signal,
6234        };
6235
6236        return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf,
6237                                        capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen,
6238                                        gfp);
6239}
6240
6241/**
6242 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference
6243 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
6244 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL)
6245 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL)
6246 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL)
6247 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0)
6248 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type
6249 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy
6250 */
6251struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6252                                      struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
6253                                      const u8 *bssid,
6254                                      const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
6255                                      enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type,
6256                                      enum ieee80211_privacy privacy);
6257static inline struct cfg80211_bss *
6258cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6259                  struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
6260                  const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len)
6261{
6262        return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len,
6263                                IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS,
6264                                IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY);
6265}
6266
6267/**
6268 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct
6269 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
6270 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference
6271 *
6272 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct.
6273 */
6274void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
6275
6276/**
6277 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct
6278 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
6279 * @bss: the BSS struct
6280 *
6281 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct.
6282 */
6283void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
6284
6285/**
6286 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures
6287 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6288 * @bss: the bss to remove
6289 *
6290 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures
6291 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this
6292 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time
6293 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all.
6294 */
6295void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
6296
6297/**
6298 * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries
6299 *
6300 * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy
6301 * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not
6302 * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB.
6303 *
6304 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6305 * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel
6306 *     of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel.
6307 * @iter: the iterator function to call
6308 * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function
6309 */
6310void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6311                       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
6312                       void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6313                                    struct cfg80211_bss *bss,
6314                                    void *data),
6315                       void *iter_data);
6316
6317static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width
6318cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
6319{
6320        switch (chandef->width) {
6321        case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
6322                return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5;
6323        case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
6324                return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10;
6325        default:
6326                return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20;
6327        }
6328}
6329
6330/**
6331 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame
6332 * @dev: network device
6333 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body)
6334 * @len: length of the frame data
6335 *
6336 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or
6337 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode.
6338 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must
6339 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
6340 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
6341 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
6342 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed
6343 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used
6344 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function
6345 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead.
6346 *
6347 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
6348 */
6349void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
6350
6351/**
6352 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication
6353 * @dev: network device
6354 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out
6355 *
6356 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's
6357 * mutex.
6358 */
6359void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr);
6360
6361/**
6362 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response
6363 * @dev: network device
6364 * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer
6365 *      moves to cfg80211 in this call
6366 * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body)
6367 * @len: length of the frame data
6368 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format
6369 *      as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
6370 * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame
6371 * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data
6372 *
6373 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
6374 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
6375 *
6376 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
6377 */
6378void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev,
6379                            struct cfg80211_bss *bss,
6380                            const u8 *buf, size_t len,
6381                            int uapsd_queues,
6382                            const u8 *req_ies, size_t req_ies_len);
6383
6384/**
6385 * cfg80211_assoc_timeout - notification of timed out association
6386 * @dev: network device
6387 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association timed out.
6388 *
6389 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
6390 */
6391void cfg80211_assoc_timeout(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
6392
6393/**
6394 * cfg80211_abandon_assoc - notify cfg80211 of abandoned association attempt
6395 * @dev: network device
6396 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association was abandoned.
6397 *
6398 * Call this whenever - for reasons reported through other API, like deauth RX,
6399 * an association attempt was abandoned.
6400 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
6401 */
6402void cfg80211_abandon_assoc(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
6403
6404/**
6405 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame
6406 * @dev: network device
6407 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body)
6408 * @len: length of the frame data
6409 *
6410 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in
6411 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and
6412 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the
6413 * corresponding wdev's mutex.
6414 */
6415void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
6416
6417/**
6418 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame
6419 * @dev: network device
6420 * @buf: received management frame (header + body)
6421 * @len: length of the frame data
6422 *
6423 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc
6424 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the
6425 * frame was not protected. This is also used to notify reception of a Beacon
6426 * frame that was dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while
6427 * beacon protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode).
6428 *
6429 * This function may sleep.
6430 */
6431void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev,
6432                                  const u8 *buf, size_t len);
6433
6434/**
6435 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP)
6436 * @dev: network device
6437 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame
6438 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used
6439 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing.
6440 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets)
6441 * @gfp: allocation flags
6442 *
6443 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a
6444 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication()
6445 * primitive.
6446 */
6447void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
6448                                  enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id,
6449                                  const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp);
6450
6451/**
6452 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS
6453 *
6454 * @dev: network device
6455 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined
6456 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined
6457 * @gfp: allocation flags
6458 *
6459 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or
6460 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called,
6461 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of
6462 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called
6463 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is
6464 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest.
6465 */
6466void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6467                          struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp);
6468
6469/**
6470 * cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer
6471 *                                      candidate
6472 *
6473 * @dev: network device
6474 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate
6475 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate
6476 * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer
6477 * @gfp: allocation flags
6478 *
6479 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been
6480 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response.
6481 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace.
6482 */
6483void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev,
6484                const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len,
6485                int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp);
6486
6487/**
6488 * DOC: RFkill integration
6489 *
6490 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers,
6491 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each
6492 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated
6493 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are
6494 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down.
6495 *
6496 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they
6497 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211.
6498 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here.
6499 */
6500
6501/**
6502 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state - notify cfg80211 about hw block state
6503 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6504 * @blocked: block status
6505 */
6506void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked);
6507
6508/**
6509 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill
6510 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6511 */
6512void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy);
6513
6514/**
6515 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill
6516 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6517 */
6518void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy);
6519
6520/**
6521 * DOC: Vendor commands
6522 *
6523 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that
6524 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the
6525 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with
6526 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as
6527 * the configuration mechanism.
6528 *
6529 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array
6530 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an
6531 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it.
6532 *
6533 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol
6534 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular,
6535 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any
6536 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection
6537 * managers etc. need.
6538 */
6539
6540struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6541                                           enum nl80211_commands cmd,
6542                                           enum nl80211_attrs attr,
6543                                           int approxlen);
6544
6545struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6546                                           struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6547                                           enum nl80211_commands cmd,
6548                                           enum nl80211_attrs attr,
6549                                           unsigned int portid,
6550                                           int vendor_event_idx,
6551                                           int approxlen, gfp_t gfp);
6552
6553void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp);
6554
6555/**
6556 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply
6557 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6558 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6559 *      be put into the skb
6560 *
6561 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
6562 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
6563 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid.
6564 *
6565 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in
6566 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
6567 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
6568 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
6569 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
6570 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute.
6571 * You must not modify the skb in any other way.
6572 *
6573 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return
6574 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation.
6575 *
6576 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6577 */
6578static inline struct sk_buff *
6579cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
6580{
6581        return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
6582                                          NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen);
6583}
6584
6585/**
6586 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb
6587 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
6588 *      cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb()
6589 *
6590 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
6591 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should
6592 * return the error code.  Note that this function consumes the
6593 * skb regardless of the return value.
6594 *
6595 * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
6596 */
6597int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb);
6598
6599/**
6600 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender
6601 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6602 *
6603 * Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler.
6604 * Valid to call only there.
6605 */
6606unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy);
6607
6608/**
6609 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb
6610 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6611 * @wdev: the wireless device
6612 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events
6613 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6614 *      be put into the skb
6615 * @gfp: allocation flags
6616 *
6617 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
6618 * vendor-specific multicast group.
6619 *
6620 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified
6621 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data
6622 * attribute.
6623 *
6624 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the
6625 * skb to send the event.
6626 *
6627 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6628 */
6629static inline struct sk_buff *
6630cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6631                             int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp)
6632{
6633        return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
6634                                          NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
6635                                          0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp);
6636}
6637
6638/**
6639 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb
6640 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6641 * @wdev: the wireless device
6642 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events
6643 * @portid: port ID of the receiver
6644 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6645 *      be put into the skb
6646 * @gfp: allocation flags
6647 *
6648 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to
6649 * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been
6650 * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take
6651 * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes.
6652 *
6653 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified
6654 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data
6655 * attribute.
6656 *
6657 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the
6658 * skb to send the event.
6659 *
6660 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6661 */
6662static inline struct sk_buff *
6663cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6664                                  struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6665                                  unsigned int portid, int approxlen,
6666                                  int event_idx, gfp_t gfp)
6667{
6668        return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
6669                                          NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
6670                                          portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp);
6671}
6672
6673/**
6674 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event
6675 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc()
6676 * @gfp: allocation flags
6677 *
6678 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
6679 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it.
6680 */
6681static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
6682{
6683        __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
6684}
6685
6686#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
6687/**
6688 * DOC: Test mode
6689 *
6690 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to
6691 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance,
6692 * factory programming.
6693 *
6694 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more
6695 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it.
6696 */
6697
6698/**
6699 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply
6700 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6701 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6702 *      be put into the skb
6703 *
6704 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
6705 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
6706 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid.
6707 *
6708 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in
6709 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
6710 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
6711 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
6712 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
6713 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You
6714 * must not modify the skb in any other way.
6715 *
6716 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return
6717 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation.
6718 *
6719 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6720 */
6721static inline struct sk_buff *
6722cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
6723{
6724        return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
6725                                          NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen);
6726}
6727
6728/**
6729 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb
6730 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
6731 *      cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb()
6732 *
6733 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
6734 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return
6735 * the error code.  Note that this function consumes the skb
6736 * regardless of the return value.
6737 *
6738 * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
6739 */
6740static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb)
6741{
6742        return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb);
6743}
6744
6745/**
6746 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event
6747 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6748 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6749 *      be put into the skb
6750 * @gfp: allocation flags
6751 *
6752 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
6753 * testmode multicast group.
6754 *
6755 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with
6756 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As
6757 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the
6758 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb
6759 * in any other way.
6760 *
6761 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the
6762 * skb to send the event.
6763 *
6764 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6765 */
6766static inline struct sk_buff *
6767cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp)
6768{
6769        return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
6770                                          NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1,
6771                                          approxlen, gfp);
6772}
6773
6774/**
6775 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event
6776 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
6777 *      cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb()
6778 * @gfp: allocation flags
6779 *
6780 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
6781 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always
6782 * consumes it.
6783 */
6784static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
6785{
6786        __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
6787}
6788
6789#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd)      .testmode_cmd = (cmd),
6790#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd)     .testmode_dump = (cmd),
6791#else
6792#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd)
6793#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd)
6794#endif
6795
6796/**
6797 * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params
6798 * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL)
6799 * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets
6800 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in
6801 *      @erp_next_seq_num is valid.
6802 * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in
6803 *      FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the
6804 *      status for a FILS connection.
6805 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL).
6806 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets
6807 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID
6808 *      used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL).
6809 */
6810struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params {
6811        const u8 *kek;
6812        size_t kek_len;
6813        bool update_erp_next_seq_num;
6814        u16 erp_next_seq_num;
6815        const u8 *pmk;
6816        size_t pmk_len;
6817        const u8 *pmkid;
6818};
6819
6820/**
6821 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params
6822 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
6823 *      %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
6824 *      the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
6825 *      failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
6826 *      from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
6827 *      indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
6828 *      @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
6829 *      case.
6830 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL)
6831 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through
6832 *      cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the
6833 *      bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return
6834 *      through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the
6835 *      connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op.
6836 *      Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified.
6837 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL)
6838 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length
6839 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL)
6840 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length
6841 * @fils: FILS connection response parameters.
6842 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
6843 *      connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
6844 *      the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
6845 *      not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
6846 *      failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
6847 *      This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
6848 */
6849struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params {
6850        int status;
6851        const u8 *bssid;
6852        struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
6853        const u8 *req_ie;
6854        size_t req_ie_len;
6855        const u8 *resp_ie;
6856        size_t resp_ie_len;
6857        struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils;
6858        enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason;
6859};
6860
6861/**
6862 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result
6863 *
6864 * @dev: network device
6865 * @params: connection response parameters
6866 * @gfp: allocation flags
6867 *
6868 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
6869 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
6870 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response
6871 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(),
6872 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(),
6873 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6874 */
6875void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev,
6876                           struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params,
6877                           gfp_t gfp);
6878
6879/**
6880 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result
6881 *
6882 * @dev: network device
6883 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
6884 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through
6885 *      cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the
6886 *      bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return
6887 *      through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the
6888 *      connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op.
6889 *      Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified.
6890 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
6891 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
6892 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
6893 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
6894 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
6895 *      %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
6896 *      the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
6897 *      failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
6898 *      from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
6899 *      indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
6900 *      @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
6901 *      case.
6902 * @gfp: allocation flags
6903 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
6904 *      connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
6905 *      the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
6906 *      not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
6907 *      failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
6908 *      This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
6909 *
6910 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
6911 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
6912 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss
6913 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among
6914 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
6915 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6916 */
6917static inline void
6918cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6919                     struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie,
6920                     size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie,
6921                     size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp,
6922                     enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)
6923{
6924        struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params;
6925
6926        memset(&params, 0, sizeof(params));
6927        params.status = status;
6928        params.bssid = bssid;
6929        params.bss = bss;
6930        params.req_ie = req_ie;
6931        params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len;
6932        params.resp_ie = resp_ie;
6933        params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len;
6934        params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason;
6935
6936        cfg80211_connect_done(dev, &params, gfp);
6937}
6938
6939/**
6940 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result
6941 *
6942 * @dev: network device
6943 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
6944 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
6945 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
6946 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
6947 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
6948 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
6949 *      %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
6950 *      the real status code for failures.
6951 * @gfp: allocation flags
6952 *
6953 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
6954 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
6955 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only
6956 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
6957 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6958 */
6959static inline void
6960cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6961                        const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len,
6962                        const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len,
6963                        u16 status, gfp_t gfp)
6964{
6965        cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie,
6966                             resp_ie_len, status, gfp,
6967                             NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED);
6968}
6969
6970/**
6971 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout
6972 *
6973 * @dev: network device
6974 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
6975 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
6976 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
6977 * @gfp: allocation flags
6978 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout.
6979 *
6980 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed
6981 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was
6982 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send
6983 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while
6984 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among
6985 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
6986 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6987 */
6988static inline void
6989cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6990                         const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp,
6991                         enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)
6992{
6993        cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1,
6994                             gfp, timeout_reason);
6995}
6996
6997/**
6998 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information
6999 *
7000 * @channel: the channel of the new AP
7001 * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %bssid is set)
7002 * @bssid: the BSSID of the new AP (may be %NULL if %bss is set)
7003 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
7004 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
7005 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
7006 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
7007 * @fils: FILS related roaming information.
7008 */
7009struct cfg80211_roam_info {
7010        struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
7011        struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
7012        const u8 *bssid;
7013        const u8 *req_ie;
7014        size_t req_ie_len;
7015        const u8 *resp_ie;
7016        size_t resp_ie_len;
7017        struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils;
7018};
7019
7020/**
7021 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming
7022 *
7023 * @dev: network device
7024 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info.
7025 * @gfp: allocation flags
7026 *
7027 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the
7028 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry.
7029 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP
7030 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in
7031 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where
7032 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the
7033 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling
7034 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released
7035 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be
7036 * released while disconnecting from the current bss.
7037 */
7038void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info,
7039                     gfp_t gfp);
7040
7041/**
7042 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association
7043 *
7044 * @dev: network device
7045 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
7046 * @gfp: allocation flags
7047 *
7048 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake
7049 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e.,
7050 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function
7051 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(),
7052 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to
7053 * indicate the 802.11 association.
7054 */
7055void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
7056                              gfp_t gfp);
7057
7058/**
7059 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped
7060 *
7061 * @dev: network device
7062 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL)
7063 * @ie_len: length of IEs
7064 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown
7065 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally
7066 * @gfp: allocation flags
7067 *
7068 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state
7069 * and not try to connect to any AP any more.
7070 */
7071void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason,
7072                           const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len,
7073                           bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp);
7074
7075/**
7076 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start
7077 * @wdev: wireless device
7078 * @cookie: the request cookie
7079 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
7080 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the
7081 *      channel
7082 * @gfp: allocation flags
7083 */
7084void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
7085                               struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
7086                               unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp);
7087
7088/**
7089 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
7090 * @wdev: wireless device
7091 * @cookie: the request cookie
7092 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
7093 * @gfp: allocation flags
7094 */
7095void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
7096                                        struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
7097                                        gfp_t gfp);
7098
7099/**
7100 * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired
7101 * @wdev: wireless device
7102 * @cookie: the requested cookie
7103 * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request)
7104 * @gfp: allocation flags
7105 */
7106void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
7107                              struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp);
7108
7109/**
7110 * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics.
7111 *
7112 * @sinfo: the station information
7113 * @gfp: allocation flags
7114 */
7115int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
7116
7117/**
7118 * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info
7119 * @sinfo: the station information
7120 *
7121 * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station
7122 * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on
7123 * the stack.)
7124 */
7125static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo)
7126{
7127        kfree(sinfo->pertid);
7128}
7129
7130/**
7131 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station
7132 *
7133 * @dev: the netdev
7134 * @mac_addr: the station's address
7135 * @sinfo: the station information
7136 * @gfp: allocation flags
7137 */
7138void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
7139                      struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
7140
7141/**
7142 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station
7143 * @dev: the netdev
7144 * @mac_addr: the station's address
7145 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics
7146 * @gfp: allocation flags
7147 */
7148void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
7149                            struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
7150
7151/**
7152 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station
7153 *
7154 * @dev: the netdev
7155 * @mac_addr: the station's address
7156 * @gfp: allocation flags
7157 */
7158static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev,
7159                                    const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp)
7160{
7161        cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp);
7162}
7163
7164/**
7165 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification
7166 *
7167 * @dev: the netdev
7168 * @mac_addr: the station's address
7169 * @reason: the reason for connection failure
7170 * @gfp: allocation flags
7171 *
7172 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station
7173 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection
7174 * for some reasons, this function is called.
7175 *
7176 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from
7177 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum
7178 */
7179void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
7180                          enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason,
7181                          gfp_t gfp);
7182
7183/**
7184 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz - notification of received, unprocessed management frame
7185 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
7186 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in KHz
7187 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
7188 * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
7189 * @len: length of the frame data
7190 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags
7191 *
7192 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station
7193 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel.
7194 *
7195 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame.
7196 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized
7197 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the
7198 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame.
7199 */
7200bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, int sig_dbm,
7201                          const u8 *buf, size_t len, u32 flags);
7202
7203/**
7204 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame
7205 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
7206 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz
7207 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
7208 * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
7209 * @len: length of the frame data
7210 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags
7211 *
7212 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station
7213 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel.
7214 *
7215 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame.
7216 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized
7217 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the
7218 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame.
7219 */
7220static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq,
7221                                    int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len,
7222                                    u32 flags)
7223{
7224        return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(wdev, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), sig_dbm, buf, len,
7225                                    flags);
7226}
7227
7228/**
7229 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame
7230 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
7231 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx()
7232 * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
7233 * @len: length of the frame data
7234 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged
7235 * @gfp: context flags
7236 *
7237 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be
7238 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the
7239 * transmission attempt.
7240 */
7241void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
7242                             const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp);
7243
7244/**
7245 * cfg80211_control_port_tx_status - notification of TX status for control
7246 *                                   port frames
7247 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
7248 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port()
7249 * @buf: Data frame (header + body)
7250 * @len: length of the frame data
7251 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged
7252 * @gfp: context flags
7253 *
7254 * This function is called whenever a control port frame was requested to be
7255 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() to report the TX status of
7256 * the transmission attempt.
7257 */
7258void cfg80211_control_port_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
7259                                     const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack,
7260                                     gfp_t gfp);
7261
7262/**
7263 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame
7264 * @dev: The device the frame matched to
7265 * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame.  It is assumed that the skbuf
7266 *      is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header).  The skb can be non-linear.
7267 *      This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is
7268 *      responsible for any cleanup.  The caller must also ensure that
7269 *      skb->protocol is set appropriately.
7270 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted
7271 *
7272 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port
7273 * frame.  It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive
7274 * control port frames over nl80211.
7275 *
7276 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all
7277 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame).
7278 *
7279 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace
7280 */
7281bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev,
7282                              struct sk_buff *skb, bool unencrypted);
7283
7284/**
7285 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event
7286 * @dev: network device
7287 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event
7288 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available
7289 * @gfp: context flags
7290 *
7291 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring
7292 * rssi threshold reached event occurs.
7293 */
7294void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev,
7295                              enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
7296                              s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp);
7297
7298/**
7299 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer
7300 * @dev: network device
7301 * @peer: peer's MAC address
7302 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold
7303 *      but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent
7304 *      threshold (to account for temporary interference)
7305 * @gfp: context flags
7306 */
7307void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev,
7308                                 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp);
7309
7310/**
7311 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event
7312 * @dev: network device
7313 * @peer: peer's MAC address
7314 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost
7315 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission
7316 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached.
7317 * @gfp: context flags
7318 *
7319 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a
7320 * given interval is exceeded.
7321 */
7322void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
7323                             u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp);
7324
7325/**
7326 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event
7327 * @dev: network device
7328 * @gfp: context flags
7329 *
7330 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP.
7331 */
7332void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp);
7333
7334/**
7335 * cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event
7336 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7337 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
7338 * @gfp: context flags
7339 *
7340 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl.
7341 */
7342void cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7343                          struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, gfp_t gfp);
7344
7345/**
7346 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event
7347 * @dev: network device
7348 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified
7349 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value
7350 * @gfp: context flags
7351 *
7352 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action
7353 * frame.
7354 */
7355void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac,
7356                                       struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode,
7357                                       gfp_t gfp);
7358
7359/**
7360 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event
7361 * @netdev: network device
7362 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
7363 * @event: type of event
7364 * @gfp: context flags
7365 *
7366 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished
7367 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process,
7368 * also by full-MAC drivers.
7369 */
7370void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev,
7371                        const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
7372                        enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp);
7373
7374
7375/**
7376 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying
7377 * @dev: network device
7378 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races)
7379 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter
7380 * @gfp: allocation flags
7381 */
7382void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
7383                               const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);
7384
7385/**
7386 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate
7387 * @dev: network device
7388 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority)
7389 * @bssid: BSSID of AP
7390 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication
7391 * @gfp: allocation flags
7392 */
7393void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index,
7394                                     const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp);
7395
7396/**
7397 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame
7398 * @dev: The device the frame matched to
7399 * @addr: the transmitter address
7400 * @gfp: context flags
7401 *
7402 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
7403 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the
7404 * sender.
7405 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
7406 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
7407 */
7408bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev,
7409                                const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);
7410
7411/**
7412 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame
7413 * @dev: The device the frame matched to
7414 * @addr: the transmitter address
7415 * @gfp: context flags
7416 *
7417 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
7418 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected.
7419 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each
7420 * station to avoid event flooding.
7421 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
7422 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
7423 */
7424bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev,
7425                                        const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);
7426
7427/**
7428 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status
7429 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on
7430 * @addr: the address of the peer
7431 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously
7432 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not
7433 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame.
7434 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not.
7435 * @gfp: allocation flags
7436 */
7437void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
7438                           u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal,
7439                           bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp);
7440
7441/**
7442 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz - report beacon from other APs
7443 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon
7444 * @frame: the frame
7445 * @len: length of the frame
7446 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on in KHz
7447 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
7448 *
7449 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was
7450 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no
7451 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode.
7452 */
7453void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, const u8 *frame,
7454                                     size_t len, int freq, int sig_dbm);
7455
7456/**
7457 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs
7458 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon
7459 * @frame: the frame
7460 * @len: length of the frame
7461 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on
7462 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
7463 *
7464 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was
7465 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no
7466 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode.
7467 */
7468static inline void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7469                                               const u8 *frame, size_t len,
7470                                               int freq, int sig_dbm)
7471{
7472        cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(wiphy, frame, len, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq),
7473                                        sig_dbm);
7474}
7475
7476/**
7477 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed
7478 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7479 * @chandef: the channel definition
7480 * @iftype: interface type
7481 *
7482 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
7483 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.)
7484 */
7485bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7486                             struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
7487                             enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
7488
7489/**
7490 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation
7491 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7492 * @chandef: the channel definition
7493 * @iftype: interface type
7494 *
7495 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
7496 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version
7497 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under
7498 * more permissive conditions.
7499 *
7500 * Requires the RTNL to be held.
7501 */
7502bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7503                                   struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
7504                                   enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
7505
7506/*
7507 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace
7508 * @dev: the device which switched channels
7509 * @chandef: the new channel definition
7510 *
7511 * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable
7512 * driver context!
7513 */
7514void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev,
7515                               struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
7516
7517/*
7518 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start
7519 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started
7520 * @chandef: the future channel definition
7521 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens
7522 *
7523 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just
7524 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting
7525 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary.
7526 */
7527void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev,
7528                                       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
7529                                       u8 count);
7530
7531/**
7532 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band
7533 *
7534 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert
7535 * @band: band pointer to fill
7536 *
7537 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
7538 */
7539bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class,
7540                                       enum nl80211_band *band);
7541
7542/**
7543 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class
7544 *
7545 * @chandef: the chandef to convert
7546 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class
7547 *
7548 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
7549 */
7550bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
7551                                          u8 *op_class);
7552
7553/**
7554 * ieee80211_chandef_to_khz - convert chandef to frequency in KHz
7555 *
7556 * @chandef: the chandef to convert
7557 *
7558 * Returns the center frequency of chandef (1st segment) in KHz.
7559 */
7560static inline u32
7561ieee80211_chandef_to_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
7562{
7563        return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset;
7564}
7565
7566/*
7567 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation
7568 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested
7569 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device
7570 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or
7571 *      NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN)
7572 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request
7573 * @gfp: allocation flags
7574 *
7575 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that
7576 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP
7577 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use
7578 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g.,
7579 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer).
7580 */
7581void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
7582                                enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
7583                                u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);
7584
7585/*
7586 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units)
7587 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from
7588 *
7589 * return 0 if MCS index >= 32
7590 */
7591u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate);
7592
7593/**
7594 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev
7595 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove
7596 *
7597 * Call this function only for wdevs that have no netdev assigned,
7598 * e.g. P2P Devices. It removes the device from the list so that
7599 * it can no longer be used. It is necessary to call this function
7600 * even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the interface by
7601 * calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also
7602 * be called when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g.
7603 * when the device is unbound from the driver.
7604 *
7605 * Requires the RTNL to be held.
7606 */
7607void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev);
7608
7609/**
7610 * struct cfg80211_ft_event_params - FT Information Elements
7611 * @ies: FT IEs
7612 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes
7613 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address
7614 * @ric_ies: RIC IE
7615 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes
7616 */
7617struct cfg80211_ft_event_params {
7618        const u8 *ies;
7619        size_t ies_len;
7620        const u8 *target_ap;
7621        const u8 *ric_ies;
7622        size_t ric_ies_len;
7623};
7624
7625/**
7626 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE
7627 * @netdev: network device
7628 * @ft_event: IE information
7629 */
7630void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev,
7631                       struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event);
7632
7633/**
7634 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer
7635 * @ies: the input IE buffer
7636 * @len: the input length
7637 * @attr: the attribute ID to find
7638 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g.
7639 *      if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size
7640 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer
7641 *
7642 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and
7643 * copies its contents to the given buffer.
7644 *
7645 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is
7646 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the
7647 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero).
7648 */
7649int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
7650                          enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr,
7651                          u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize);
7652
7653/**
7654 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC)
7655 * @ies: the IE buffer
7656 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
7657 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
7658 *      the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
7659 *      EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
7660 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
7661 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element
7662 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array
7663 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
7664 *
7665 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
7666 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
7667 * split.
7668 *
7669 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
7670 * has to be guaranteed by the caller!
7671 *
7672 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
7673 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
7674 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
7675 *
7676 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the
7677 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder)
7678 * of the buffer should be used.
7679 */
7680size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen,
7681                              const u8 *ids, int n_ids,
7682                              const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric,
7683                              size_t offset);
7684
7685/**
7686 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering
7687 * @ies: the IE buffer
7688 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
7689 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
7690 *      the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
7691 *      EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
7692 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
7693 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
7694 *
7695 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
7696 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
7697 * split.
7698 *
7699 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
7700 * has to be guaranteed by the caller!
7701 *
7702 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
7703 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
7704 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
7705 *
7706 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the
7707 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder)
7708 * of the buffer should be used.
7709 */
7710static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen,
7711                                        const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset)
7712{
7713        return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset);
7714}
7715
7716/**
7717 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN
7718 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup
7719 * @wakeup: the wakeup report
7720 * @gfp: allocation flags
7721 *
7722 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it
7723 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may
7724 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something
7725 * else caused the wakeup.
7726 */
7727void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7728                                   struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
7729                                   gfp_t gfp);
7730
7731/**
7732 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver.
7733 *
7734 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped.
7735 * @gfp: allocation flags
7736 *
7737 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted
7738 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given
7739 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired.
7740 */
7741void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp);
7742
7743/**
7744 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has
7745 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7746 *
7747 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device.
7748 */
7749unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy);
7750
7751/**
7752 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations
7753 *
7754 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7755 * @params: the interface combinations parameter
7756 *
7757 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a
7758 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to
7759 * the interface combinations.
7760 */
7761int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7762                                struct iface_combination_params *params);
7763
7764/**
7765 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations
7766 *
7767 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7768 * @params: the interface combinations parameter
7769 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination
7770 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function
7771 *
7772 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible
7773 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching
7774 * purposes.
7775 */
7776int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7777                               struct iface_combination_params *params,
7778                               void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c,
7779                                            void *data),
7780                               void *data);
7781
7782/*
7783 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection
7784 *
7785 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7786 * @wdev: wireless device
7787 * @gfp: context flags
7788 *
7789 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA
7790 * disconnected.
7791 *
7792 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous.
7793 */
7794void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7795                         gfp_t gfp);
7796
7797/**
7798 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy
7799 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down
7800 *
7801 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by
7802 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed).
7803 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors
7804 * that really can't be recovered in any other way.
7805 *
7806 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into
7807 * the driver while the function is running.
7808 */
7809void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy);
7810
7811/**
7812 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag
7813 *
7814 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
7815 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
7816 *
7817 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
7818 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
7819 */
7820static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7821                                         enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)
7822{
7823        u8 *ft_byte;
7824
7825        ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8];
7826        *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8);
7827}
7828
7829/**
7830 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag
7831 *
7832 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
7833 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
7834 *
7835 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
7836 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
7837 */
7838static inline bool
7839wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7840                        enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)
7841{
7842        u8 ft_byte;
7843
7844        ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8];
7845        return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0;
7846}
7847
7848/**
7849 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function
7850 * @f: NAN function that should be freed
7851 *
7852 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members.
7853 */
7854void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f);
7855
7856/**
7857 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters
7858 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is
7859 *       %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber.
7860 *       If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery
7861 *       result.
7862 *       If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up.
7863 * @inst_id: the local instance id
7864 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function
7865 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer
7866 * @info_len: the length of the &info
7867 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any)
7868 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function
7869 */
7870struct cfg80211_nan_match_params {
7871        enum nl80211_nan_function_type type;
7872        u8 inst_id;
7873        u8 peer_inst_id;
7874        const u8 *addr;
7875        u8 info_len;
7876        const u8 *info;
7877        u64 cookie;
7878};
7879
7880/**
7881 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function.
7882 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
7883 * @match: match notification parameters
7884 * @gfp: allocation flags
7885 *
7886 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This
7887 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that
7888 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received.
7889 */
7890void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7891                        struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp);
7892
7893/**
7894 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
7895 *
7896 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
7897 * @inst_id: the local instance id
7898 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
7899 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier
7900 * @gfp: allocation flags
7901 *
7902 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated.
7903 */
7904void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7905                                  u8 inst_id,
7906                                  enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason,
7907                                  u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp);
7908
7909/* ethtool helper */
7910void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info);
7911
7912/**
7913 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication
7914 * @netdev: network device
7915 * @params: External authentication parameters
7916 * @gfp: allocation flags
7917 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error
7918 */
7919int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev,
7920                                   struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params,
7921                                   gfp_t gfp);
7922
7923/**
7924 * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data
7925 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement
7926 * @req: the original measurement request
7927 * @result: the result data
7928 * @gfp: allocation flags
7929 */
7930void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7931                          struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req,
7932                          struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result,
7933                          gfp_t gfp);
7934
7935/**
7936 * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed
7937 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement
7938 * @req: the original measurement request
7939 * @gfp: allocation flags
7940 *
7941 * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this
7942 * the request pointer will no longer be valid.
7943 */
7944void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7945                            struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req,
7946                            gfp_t gfp);
7947
7948/**
7949 * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed
7950 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7951 * @iftype: interface type
7952 * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1'
7953 * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces
7954 *
7955 * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API
7956 * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when
7957 * check_swif is '1'.
7958 */
7959bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
7960                             bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif);
7961
7962
7963/* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */
7964
7965/* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */
7966
7967#define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...)             \
7968        dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7969#define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...)                     \
7970        dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7971#define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...)                     \
7972        dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7973#define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...)                      \
7974        dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7975#define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...)                       \
7976        dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7977#define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...)                      \
7978        dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7979#define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...)                    \
7980        dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7981#define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...)                      \
7982        dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7983
7984#define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...)           \
7985        dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7986#define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...)          \
7987        dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7988
7989#define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...)                     \
7990        wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args)
7991
7992#define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...)                       \
7993        dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7994
7995#if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG)
7996#define wiphy_vdbg      wiphy_dbg
7997#else
7998#define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...)                              \
7999({                                                                      \
8000        if (0)                                                          \
8001                wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args);        \
8002        0;                                                              \
8003})
8004#endif
8005
8006/*
8007 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference
8008 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the
8009 * file/line information and a backtrace.
8010 */
8011#define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...)                      \
8012        WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args);
8013
8014/**
8015 * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space
8016 * @netdev: network device
8017 * @owe_info: peer's owe info
8018 * @gfp: allocation flags
8019 */
8020void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev,
8021                                    struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info,
8022                                    gfp_t gfp);
8023
8024/**
8025 * cfg80211_bss_flush - resets all the scan entries
8026 * @wiphy: the wiphy
8027 */
8028void cfg80211_bss_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy);
8029
8030#endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */
8031